1. DL manuals
  2. Lanier
  3. All in One Printer
  4. D158
  5. Service Manual

Lanier D158 Service Manual

Manual is about: All in One Printer

Summary of D158

  • Page 1

    D158/d159/d160/d161/d170 service manual.

  • Page 2

    It is the reader's responsibility when discussing the information contained within this document to maintain a level of confidentiality that is in the best interest of ricoh americas corporation and its member companies. No part of this document may be reproduced in any fashion and distributed witho...

  • Page 3: Warning

    The service manual contains information regarding service techniques, procedures, processes and spare parts of office equipment distributed by ricoh americas corporation. Users of this manual should be either service trained or certified by successfully completing a ricoh technical training program....

  • Page 4: Legend

    Legend product code company lanier ricoh savin d158 mp 2001sp mp 2001sp mp 2001sp d159 mp 2501sp mp 2501sp mp 2501sp d160 mp 2001l mp 2001l mp 2001l d161 mp 2501l mp 2501l mp 2501l d170 mp 2001 mp 2001 mp 2001 documentation history rev. No. Date comments * 02/2013 original printing.

  • Page 5: D158/d159/d160/d161/d170

    Sm i d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 table of contents 1. Product information ......................................................... 1-1 1.1 specifications ..................................................................................... 1-1 1.2 machine configuration ..........

  • Page 6

    D158/d159/d160/d161/d170 ii sm 2.6 ardf installation (for d160/d161/d170) ..................................... 2-24 2.6.1 accessory check .................................................................... 2-24 2.6.2 installation procedure ...................................................... 2-2...

  • Page 7

    Sm iii d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2.14.2 installation procedure .................................................. 2-72 2.14.3 data overwrite security ................................................ 2-75 2.14.4 hdd encryption ................................................................... 2-76 2....

  • Page 8

    D158/d159/d160/d161/d170 iv sm installation procedure......................................................................... 2-99 2.15.12 fax unit (d158/d159) .......................................................... 2-100 component check .............................................................

  • Page 9

    Sm v d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4.3.9 front cover switch (interlock switch) ........................ 4-12 4.3.10 front right cover ............................................................. 4-12 4.3.11 right rear cover ................................................................ 4-13 4.3.12 dup...

  • Page 10

    D158/d159/d160/d161/d170 vi sm 4.7.7 after replacement or adjustment ................................. 4-56 4.8 toner supply motor ....................................................................... 4-57 4.9 paper feed section ........................................................................

  • Page 11

    Sm vii d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4.11.7 pressure roller and bushings .................................... 4-83 4.11.8 nip band width adjustment ............................................. 4-84 4.12 duplex unit (duplex models only) ....................................... 4-85 4.12.1 duplex exit sens...

  • Page 12

    D158/d159/d160/d161/d170 viii sm 5.2 service call conditions .................................................................. 5-6 5.2.1 summary ....................................................................................... 5-6 5.2.2 sc code descriptions ......................................

  • Page 13

    Sm ix d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 d158/d159 models ............................................................................ 6-15 6.4.3 memory clear ........................................................................... 6-16 6.4.4 input check .......................................................

  • Page 15: Read This First

    Read this first safety notices important safety notices prevention of physical injury 1. Before disassembling or assembling parts of the copier and peripherals, make sure that the power cord is unplugged. 2. The wall outlet should be near the copier and easily accessible. 3. Note that some component...

  • Page 16

    Laser safety the center for devices and radiological health (cdrh) prohibits the repair of laser-based optical units in the field. The optical housing unit can only be repaired in a factory or at a location with the requisite equipment. The laser subsystem is replaceable in the field by a qualified ...

  • Page 17

    Conventions in this manual symbols and abbreviations this manual uses several symbols and abbreviations. The meaning of those symbols and abbreviations are as follows: see or refer to clip ring screw connector clamp e-ring sef short edge feed lef long edge feed [a] short edge feed (sef) [b] long edg...

  • Page 19: Product Information

    Product information r e v i s i o n h i s t o ry p a g e d a t e ad d e d / u pd a t e d / n e w none.

  • Page 21: 1.  Product Information

    Specifications d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 1-1 sm p ro d u c t in fo rm a ti o n 1. Product information 1.1 specifications see "appendices" for the following information: general specifications supported paper size optional equipment.

  • Page 22

    Machine configuration d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 1-2 sm 1.2 machine configuration the d158, d160 and d170 come with one standard paper tray. The d159 and d161 come with two standard paper trays. D158/d159 (sp models) item machine code call out platen cover d700 [1] ardf d684 [2] paper tray unit (1-tra...

  • Page 23

    Machine configuration d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 1-3 sm p ro d u c t in fo rm a ti o n d160/d161/d170 item machine code call out platen cover d700 [1] ardf d724 [2] paper tray unit (1-tray type) d698 [3] paper tray unit (2-tray type) d699 [4].

  • Page 24: 1.3  Product Overview

    Product overview d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 1-4 sm 1.3 product overview 1.3.1 component layout the above illustration is the d158/d159 model. D170: no duplex unit d158/d159: ccd scanner d160/d161/d170: cis scanner.

  • Page 25

    Product overview d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 1-5 sm p ro d u c t in fo rm a ti o n 1. 2nd mirror 2. Exposure lamp 3. 1st mirror 4. Exposure glass 6. Aps sensor (length) 7. Lens block 8. Sbu 9. Exit sensor 10. Scanner motor 11. Inverter roller 12. Duplex inverter sensor 13. Duplex entrance sensor 14. Ho...

  • Page 26

    Product overview d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 1-6 sm d160/d161/d170: cis scanner component layout 1.Cis unit 2. Exposure glass 3. Scanner motor 4. Aps sensor (length) 5. Aps sensor (width) 6. Scanner hp sensor 7. Df exposure glass d158/d159: ccd scanner component layout 1. Df exposure glass 2. 2nd mirro...

  • Page 27

    Product overview d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 1-7 sm p ro d u c t in fo rm a ti o n 1.3.2 paper path the d158, d159, d160, and d161 models have a duplex unit mounted on the right side of the machine. All models have a by-pass tray..

  • Page 28

    Product overview d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 1-8 sm 1.3.3 drive layout.

  • Page 29

    Product overview d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 1-9 sm p ro d u c t in fo rm a ti o n 1. Scanner motor 2. Toner supply motor 3. Tray 1 lift motor 4. Tray 2lift motor 5. Upper paper feed clutch 6. Lower paper feed clutch 7. Relay clutch 8. By-pass paper feed clutch 9. By-pass tray lift clutch 10. Registrat...

  • Page 31: Installation

    Installation r e v i s i o n h i s t o ry p a g e d a t e a d d e d / u pd a t e d / n ew 39 3/31/2014 see tsb-001 before one bin tray installation. 44 03/10/2014 added tray heater part number information. 48 03/10/2014 added tray heater part number information..

  • Page 33: 2.  Installation

    Installation requirements d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-1 sm in st al lat io n 2. Installation 2.1 installation requirements before installing options, please do the following: if there is a printer option in the machine, print out all data in the printer buffer. Turn off the main switch and disconnect...

  • Page 34

    Installation requirements d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-2 sm do not place the machine in areas where it can get exposed to corrosive gases. Do not install the machine at any location over 2,000 m (6,500 ft.) above sea level. Place the machine on a strong and level base. (inclination on any side should ...

  • Page 35

    Installation requirements d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-3 sm in s ta lla tio n 2.1.4 power requirements make sure that the wall outlet is near the machine and easily accessible. After completing installation, make sure the plug fits firmly into the outlet. Avoid multi-wiring. Be sure to ground the mach...

  • Page 36

    Installation flow chart d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-4 sm 2.2 installation flow chart this flow chart shows the best procedure for installation..

  • Page 37: 2.3  Copier Installation

    Copier installation d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-5 sm in s ta lla tio n 2.3 copier installation 2.3.1 accessory check check that you have the accessories in this list. Sp models (d158/d159) no. Description -17 -27 -29 -21 -25 -19 q'ty 1 operating instructions (paper) y y y y y y - 2 operating instruct...

  • Page 38

    Copier installation d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-6 sm no. Description -17 -27 -29 -21 -25 -19 q'ty 17 function decal y y y y y y 1 18 function decal (blank) y y y y y y 1 19 toner cartridge - - - y - - 1 basic models (d170) no. Description -17 -27 -29 -21 -25 q'ty 1 smc repot y y y y 1 2 eu safety dat...

  • Page 39

    Copier installation d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-7 sm in s ta lla tio n no. Description -17 -27 -29 -21 -25 q'ty 18 energy saving mark (china) - - - y 1 gdi models (d160/d161) no. Description -27 -29 -21 -25 q'ty 1 smc report y y y 1 2 eu safety data sheet y - - 1 3 sheet – emc – traceability y - - 1 ...

  • Page 40

    Copier installation d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-8 sm 2.3.2 installation procedure unplug the machine power cord before starting the following procedure. 1. Remove filament tape and other padding. 2. Install the covers [a], [b]. 3. Open the front door and remove the toner bottle holder [a]..

  • Page 41

    Copier installation d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-9 sm in s ta lla tio n 4. Open the right door [b], and remove the pcu (photoconductor unit) [a]. 5. Separate the pcu into the upper part and the lower part ( x 5). 6. Put a sheet of paper on a level surface and place the upper part on it. This prevents ...

  • Page 42

    Copier installation d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-10 sm 7. Distribute a pack of developer [d] to all openings equally. Do not spill the developer on the gears [e]. If you have spilled it, remove the developer by using a magnet or magnetized screwdriver. Do not turn the gear [e] too much. The developer ...

  • Page 43

    Copier installation d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-11 sm in s ta lla tio n 11. Set the holder (with the toner bottle) in the machine. 12. Pull out the paper tray [a], and then adjust the positions of the end and side guides ( x 1). To move the side guides, release the green lock on the rear side guide. ...

  • Page 44

    Copier installation d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-12 sm 18. Specify a language. This language is used for the operation panel. 19. Load the paper in the paper tray and make a full size copy, and make sure the side-to-side and leading edge registrations are correct. Selecting the panel display language ...

  • Page 45

    Copier installation d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-13 sm in s ta lla tio n 2.3.3 shutdown/forced shutdown functions shutdown function to protect the hard drive from damage if the power fails while the drive is being written to, the machine has a shutdown function. If the main power switch is turned off,...

  • Page 46

    Copier installation d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-14 sm forced shutdown function you can forcibly turn the main power off by holding down the main power switch for more than 6 seconds. Pressing the main power switch starts the shutdown process, during which the shutdown message appears. Be careful not ...

  • Page 47

    Platen cover installation d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-15 sm in s ta lla tio n 2.4 platen cover installation 2.4.1 accessory check check that you have the accessories indicated below. No. Description q’ty 1 platen cover 1 2 platen sheet 1 3 feeler guide 1 4 stepped screw 2.

  • Page 48

    Platen cover installation d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-16 sm 2.4.2 installation procedure unplug the machine power cord before starting the following procedure. 1. Install the stepped screws ( x 2). 2. Install the feeler guide [a]. 3. Install the platen cover [a]. 4. Place the platen sheet [a] on the ...

  • Page 49

    Platen cover installation d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-17 sm in s ta lla tio n 6. Close the platen cover. 7. Open the platen cover. 8. Press the surface of the platen sheet gently to fix it on the platen cover securely..

  • Page 50

    Ardf installation (for d158/d159) d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-18 sm 2.5 ardf installation (for d158/d159) 2.5.1 accessory check check the quantity and condition of the accessories against the following list. No. Description q’ty 1 ardf 1 2 screw 2 3 knob screw 2 4 stud screw (small) 1 5 stud screw (l...

  • Page 51

    Ardf installation (for d158/d159) d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-19 sm in s ta lla tio n 2.5.2 installation procedure unplug the copier power cord before starting the following procedure. 1. All tapes and shipping retainers. 2. Insert the two stud screws ([a] is the larger stud, [b] is the smaller stud)...

  • Page 52

    Ardf installation (for d158/d159) d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-20 sm 9. Lift the ardf original tray. 10. Slide the stamp holder [a] out and install the stamp cartridge in it, if necessary. After the stamp installation, be sure to slide the holder in correctly. If not, jam detection (j001) will occur. ...

  • Page 53

    Ardf installation (for d158/d159) d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-21 sm in s ta lla tio n 12. Rear cover [a] ( x9) 13. Cut away the knockout [a]. 14. Attach the harness bracket as shown [a]. ( x1) 15. Connect the end of the cable [b]..

  • Page 54

    Ardf installation (for d158/d159) d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-22 sm 16. Fasten the grounding wire [a] as shown. ( x1) 17. Plug in and turn on the main power switch of the machine, and then check the ardf operation. 18. Make a full size copy. Check that the registrations (side-to-side and leading edge...

  • Page 55

    Ardf installation (for d158/d159) d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-23 sm in s ta lla tio n when feeding thin paper when feeding thin paper, adjust the sliding tray to the point shown below [a]. When feeding normal paper, adjust the sliding tray to the point shown below [b]. If not, it may cause problems a...

  • Page 56

    Ardf installation (for d160/d161/d170) d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-24 sm 2.6 ardf installation (for d160/d161/d170) 2.6.1 accessory check check the quantity and condition of the components against the following list. No. Description q’ty 1 ardf 1 2 screw 2 3 knob screw 2 4 stud screw 2 5 attention de...

  • Page 57

    Ardf installation (for d160/d161/d170) d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-25 sm in s ta lla tio n 2.6.2 installation procedure unplug the copier power cord before starting the following procedure. 1. All tapes and shipping retainers. 2. Insert the two stud screws [a] [b]. 3. Mount the ardf [a] by aligning t...

  • Page 58

    Ardf installation (for d160/d161/d170) d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-26 sm 9. Attach the decal [a] to the top cover as shown. Choose the language that you want. 10. Rear cover [a] ( x9).

  • Page 59

    Ardf installation (for d160/d161/d170) d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-27 sm in s ta lla tio n 11. Cut away the knockout [a]. 12. Attach the harness bracket [a]. ( x1) 13. Set the cable and fix it with clamps as shown [b]. 14. Connect the end of the cable to the engine board [c]. 15. Fasten the grounding...

  • Page 60

    Ardf installation (for d160/d161/d170) d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-28 sm 16. Plug in and turn on the main power switch of the machine, and then check the ardf operation. 17. Make a full size copy. Check that the registrations (side-to-side and leading edge) and image skew are correct. If they are not...

  • Page 61

    Two-tray paper tray unit installation d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-29 sm in s ta lla tio n 2.7 two-tray paper tray unit installation 2.7.1 accessory check check the quantity and condition of the accessories against the following list. No. Description q’ty 1 paper feed unit 1 2 paper tray number decal ...

  • Page 62

    Two-tray paper tray unit installation d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-30 sm 2.7.2 installation procedure unplug the machine power cord before starting the following procedure. The handles of the main machine for lifting must be inserted inside the machine and locked, unless these handles are used for the...

  • Page 63

    Two-tray paper tray unit installation d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-31 sm in s ta lla tio n 4. Connect the paper feed unit cable [a] to the engine board [b], as shown. 5. Attach the securing brackets [a] to both sides, as shown ( x 1 each)..

  • Page 64

    Two-tray paper tray unit installation d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-32 sm 6. Remove the 1st and 2nd paper trays 7. Secure the paper feed unit with two screws [a] ( x 2). 8. Reinstall all the paper trays. 9. Attach the appropriate paper tray number decal and paper size decal to each handle of the trays....

  • Page 65

    Two-tray paper tray unit installation d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-33 sm in s ta lla tio n 11. Load paper into the paper trays and select the proper paper size. 12. Turn on the main switch. 13. Adjust the registration for each tray ( p.4-105 "copy adjustments printing/scanning"). For tray 3, use sp1-0...

  • Page 66

    One-tray paper tray unit installation d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-34 sm 2.8 one-tray paper tray unit installation 2.8.1 component check check the quantity and condition of the accessories against the following list. No. Description q’ty 1 paper feed unit 1 2 paper tray number decal 1 3 securing brack...

  • Page 67

    One-tray paper tray unit installation d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-35 sm in s ta lla tio n 3. Lift the copier [a] and install it on the paper feed unit [b]. When installing the copier, be careful not to pinch the cable [c]. Be sure to insert the basing pins [d] into the basing holes at the bottom of t...

  • Page 68

    One-tray paper tray unit installation d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-36 sm 4. Connect the paper feed unit cable [a] to the engine board [b], as shown. 5. Attach the securing brackets [a] to both sides, as shown ( x 1 each). 6. Remove tray 1 and 2 of the machine. 7. Secure the paper tray unit with two sc...

  • Page 69

    One-tray paper tray unit installation d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-37 sm in s ta lla tio n 8. Reinstall all trays. 9. Load paper into the paper feed unit. 10. Turn on the main power switch of the machine. 11. Adjust the registration for each tray ( p.4-105). Use sp1-002-004 12. Check the paper feed un...

  • Page 70

    One-bin tray installation d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-38 sm 2.9 one-bin tray installation 2.9.1 component check check the quantity and condition of the components against the following list. No. Description q’ty 1 1-bin tray unit 1 2 accessory inner tray 1 3 tray 1 4 i/f harness 1 5 led relay harness...

  • Page 71

    One-bin tray installation d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-39 sm inst allation 2.9.2 installation procedure unplug the copier power cord before starting the following procedure. Before installation, see technical service bulletin d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 – 001 reroute harness before installing the 1-bin t...

  • Page 72

    One-bin tray installation d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-40 sm 5. Open the right door [a] of the machine. 6. Front right cover [b] ( x 1, hook). 7. Cut away the knockout from the front right cover. 8. Install the 1-bin tray unit [a] ( x 1)..

  • Page 73

    One-bin tray installation d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-41 sm in s ta lla tio n be sure to insert the two points on the back of the unit into the frame holes [b]. 9. Install the accessory inner cover [a] ( x 2). To attach the accessory inner cover [a], use the two screws removed in step.4..

  • Page 74

    One-bin tray installation d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-42 sm 10. Install the tray [a] in the machine as shown. 11. Be sure to pass the tray harness [b] through the inner cover opening [c] to the rear. 12. Attach the bracket [a] to fix the tray ( x 1). Facing the left side of the machine, the screw is ...

  • Page 75

    One-bin tray installation d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-43 sm in s ta lla tio n 13. With the accessory harness, connect the 1-bin tray unit board [a] and the tray harness [b] on the rear side. 14. Attach the clamp [c] and secure the harness as shown. 15. Connect the 1-bin tray unit board [a] and the en...

  • Page 76

    Anti-condensation heater installation d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-44 sm 2.10 anti-condensation heater installation 2.10.1 component check check the quantity and condition of the components against the following list. No. Description q’ty 1 anti-condensation heater (p/n – b2291688 for eu and aa) 1 1 a...

  • Page 77

    Anti-condensation heater installation d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-45 sm in s ta lla tio n 5. Install the anti-condensation heater [a] ( x 2). 6. Pass the connector [a] as shown below..

  • Page 78

    Anti-condensation heater installation d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-46 sm 7. Connect the harness [b] to [c]. 8. Join the connectors [a] [b] ( x 2). 9. Install the harness of the heater and connect it to the psu. ( p.2-61 "installing the harness of the heater").

  • Page 79: 2.11 Tray Heaters

    Tray heaters d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-47 sm inst allation 2.11 tray heaters unplug the machine power cord before starting the following procedures. 2.11.1 mainframe upper tray heater unplug the machine power cord before starting the following procedure. Component check check the quantity and condi...

  • Page 80

    Tray heaters d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-48 sm installation procedure 1. 1st tray cassette [a] ( x 1) 2. Rear cover [a] ( x 9) 3. Engine board with the bracket [a] ( x 5, x all on the board).

  • Page 81

    Tray heaters d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-49 sm in s ta lla tio n 4. Bottom plate lift motor [a] ( x 3) 5. Pass the connector [a] through the opening [b] and install the tray heater [c] ( x 1). 6. Attach the heater harness [a] to the relay connector [b]..

  • Page 82

    Tray heaters d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-50 sm 7. Install the harness of the heater and connect it to the psu. ( p.2-61 "installing the harness of the heater").

  • Page 83

    Tray heaters d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-51 sm in s ta lla tio n 2.11.2 mainframe lower tray heater (two-tray model only) unplug the machine power cord before starting the following procedure. Component check check the quantity and condition of the components against the following list. No. Descripti...

  • Page 84

    Tray heaters d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-52 sm installation procedure 1. 2nd tray cassette [a] ( x 1) 2. Rear cover [a] ( x 9) 3. Install the bracket [a] ( x 1)..

  • Page 85

    Tray heaters d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-53 sm in s ta lla tio n 4. Pass the connector [a] through the opening [b] and install the tray heater [c] ( x 1). 5. Join the connectors [a]..

  • Page 86

    Tray heaters d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-54 sm 6. Install the harness of the heater and connect it to the psu. ( p.2-61 "installing the harness of the heater") 2.11.3 heater for the optional one-tray paper feed unit unplug the machine power cord before starting the following procedure. Component chec...

  • Page 87

    Tray heaters d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-55 sm in s ta lla tio n installation procedure 1. All of the trays in the paper feed unit. 2. Paper feed unit rear cover [a] ( x 4) 3. Install the clamps [a]. 4. Pass the connector [a] through the opening [b]..

  • Page 88

    Tray heaters d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-56 sm 5. Install the tray heater [a] ( x 5) two types of accessory screws are used to install the heater. Use the round-head screw to fix the front part that is arrowed. Use the hexagonal-head screws to secure the other parts. 6. Lead the heater connector as s...

  • Page 89

    Tray heaters d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-57 sm in s ta lla tio n be sure to join the connectors between the clamps (arrowed in the picture above). 8. Lead the heater connector and fix it with the clamps [a] as shown. 9. Connect the end of the relay harness to the main machine’s harness. 10. Replace t...

  • Page 90

    Tray heaters d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-58 sm 2.11.4 heater for the optional two-tray paper feed unit unplug the machine power cord before starting the following procedure. Component check check the quantity and condition of the components against the following list. No. Description q’ty 1 heater 1 ...

  • Page 91

    Tray heaters d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-59 sm in s ta lla tio n 3. Pass the connector [a] through the opening [b]. 4. Install the tray heater [a] ( x 5). Two types of accessory screws are used to install the heater. Use the round-head screw to fix the front part that is arrowed. Use the hexagonal-he...

  • Page 92

    Tray heaters d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-60 sm 6. Join the harness connector to the relay harness connector. Be sure to join the connectors between the clamps as shown above. 7. Lead the heater harness and fix it with the clamps [a] as shown. 8. Connect the end of the relay harness to the main machin...

  • Page 93

    Tray heaters d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-61 sm in s ta lla tio n 9. Replace the screws [a] with screws that have a lock washer. 10. Install the harness of the heater and connect it to the psu. ( p.2-61 "installing the harness of the heater") 2.11.5 installing the harness of the heater unplug the mach...

  • Page 94

    Tray heaters d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-62 sm 2. Connect the connector [a] for the scanner. 3. Route the connectors [a] for the standard paper tray and the optional paper feed unit through cut out [b]. 4. Connect the relay harness [d] to the connector [a] for the 1st tray cassette. The connector [b]...

  • Page 95

    Tray heaters d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-63 sm in s ta lla tio n 5. Clamp the harness [a] with the clamp. 6. Reinstall the removed parts..

  • Page 96

    Counter interface unit d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-64 sm 2.12 counter interface unit 2.12.1 component check check the quantity and condition of the components against the following list. No. Description q'ty 1 key counter interface board 1 2 stud stay 4 3 wire harness (for parallel) 1 4 wire harness ...

  • Page 97

    Counter interface unit d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-65 sm in s ta lla tio n the parallel harness and the serial harness are included in the component. If you use the parallel harness, connect the harness to connector [a] and the device side to [b]. If you use the serial harness, connect the harness to...

  • Page 98

    Counter interface unit d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-66 sm 8. Route the harness above the fan and connect the harness to the ctl board. For the serial harness [a]: ( x2, (cn206) x1 ) for the parallel harness [b]: ( x4, x1 ) 9. Connect the device cable [a] ( (cn140) x 1). The picture below shows how to ...

  • Page 99

    Counter interface unit d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-67 sm in s ta lla tio n 10. Route the device cable through the cutout [a]. 11. If there is a ground cable, secure it to the location [a] ( x 1). 12. Reassemble the machine..

  • Page 100

    Gdi expansion (d160/d161 only) d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-68 sm 2.13 gdi expansion (d160/d161 only) 2.13.1 component check no. Description q’ty 1 gdi ctl with nic 1 2 installation procedure (-27 only) 1 3 decal: china rohs: 10 circle (-28 only) 1 4 decal: china rohs: date (-28 only) 1 2.13.2 install...

  • Page 101

    Gdi expansion (d160/d161 only) d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-69 sm in s ta lla tio n 3. Slide the bicu [a] ( x 5) 4. Install the gdi expansion [a] ( x 5). Make sure that the gdi expansion is connected securely. If not, sc672 occurs..

  • Page 102

    Gdi expansion (d160/d161 only) d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-70 sm 5. Reinstall the bicu ( x 5). 6. Reinstall the interface cover ( x 1). 7. Reinstall the rear cover ( x 9)..

  • Page 103

    Hard disk drive option (d158/d159 only) d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-71 sm in s ta lla tio n 2.14 hard disk drive option (d158/d159 only) 2.14.1 component check no. Description q'ty 1 hdd unit 1 2 connecting rubber 4 3 tapping screw 4 4 harness 1 1 5 harness 2 1 - emc traceability sheet 1 - d-box key ...

  • Page 104

    Hard disk drive option (d158/d159 only) d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-72 sm 2.14.2 installation procedure unplug the machine power cord before starting the following procedure. 1. Rear cover [a] ( x 9) 2. Separate the bicu [a] from the ctl board [b] ( x 5, x 2)..

  • Page 105

    Hard disk drive option (d158/d159 only) d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-73 sm in s ta lla tio n 3. Nine screws ( x 9) 4. Slide the ctl board [a] to the left and pull down as shown below. 5. Install the connecting rubber [a] on the ctl board bracket. 6. Install the hdd unit [a] ( x 4)..

  • Page 106

    Hard disk drive option (d158/d159 only) d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-74 sm 7. Connect the two harnesses to the hdd unit ( x 2). 8. Reinstall the ctl board unit in the machine. 9. When you turn the main power switch on after installing the hard disk, initialization of the disk starts automatically. 10....

  • Page 107

    Hard disk drive option (d158/d159 only) d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-75 sm in s ta lla tio n 2.14.3 data overwrite security do the following procedure if a customer wants to use this function. 1. Do sp5-878-1(option setup - data overwrite security) and touch [execute]. 2. Go out of the sp mode, turn o...

  • Page 108

    Hard disk drive option (d158/d159 only) d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-76 sm 2.14.4 hdd encryption do the following procedure if a customer wants to use this function. 1. Do sp5-878-2 (option setup - encryption option) and touch [execute] 2. Go out of the sp mode, turn off the operation switch, then tur...

  • Page 109: 2.15 Controller Options

    Controller options d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-77 sm in s ta lla tio n 2.15 controller options 2.15.1 overview always touch a grounded surface to discharge static electricity from your hands before you handle sd cards, printed circuit boards, or memory boards. This machine has i/f card slots for opti...

  • Page 110

    Controller options d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-78 sm 2.15.2 sd card appli move overview the service program "sd card appli move" (sp5-873) lets you move application programs from one sd card to another sd card. If more than one application is required, the applications must be moved to one sd card wi...

  • Page 111

    Controller options d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-79 sm in s ta lla tio n 11. Check that the application programs run normally. Undo exec "undo exec" (sp5-873-002) lets you move back application programs from an sd card in sd card slot 1 (upper) to the original sd card in sd card slot 2 (lower). You can...

  • Page 112

    Controller options d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-80 sm 2.15.3 vm card (d158/d159) installation procedure unplug the main machine power cord before you do the following procedure. 1. Remove the card slot cover [a] ( x 1). 2. Insert the sd card into slot 2 [b]. 3. Reattach the card slot cover. 4. Turn th...

  • Page 113

    Controller options d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-81 sm in s ta lla tio n 3. Press “startup”, then stop all applications. The following problems can occur if the vm firmware is updated without the application halt. The vm firmware update fails. All settings for the application are cleared. 4. Turn the m...

  • Page 114

    Controller options d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-82 sm 2.15.4 copy data security unit (d158/d159) component check no. Description q’ty for this model 1 bracket 1 1 yes 2 screws: m3 x 4 2 yes 3 screws: m3 x 6 4 yes 4 icib-3 1 yes.

  • Page 115

    Controller options d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-83 sm in s ta lla tio n installation procedure unplug the main machine power cord before you do the following procedure. 1. Rear cover ( p.4-4) 2. Attach bracket [a] to the icib-3 [b] ( x 2). 3. Align the dent [b] with the connector [c] and connect the i...

  • Page 116

    Controller options d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-84 sm 4. Plug in, and turn the main switch on. The led as shown below is blinking when the copy data security unit is correctly installed. 5. Reassemble the machine..

  • Page 117

    Controller options d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-85 sm in s ta lla tio n user tool setting 1. Plug in, and turn the main switch on. 2. Go into the user tools mode, and select system settings > administrator tools > detect data security for copying > "on". 3. Exit the user tools. 4. Check the operation....

  • Page 118

    Controller options d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-86 sm sp no. Title setting sp5-836-001 capture function (0:off 1:on) "1" sp5-836-002 panel setting "0" 5. Check the operation. 6. Make sure that the machine can recognize the option ( p.2-112 "check all connections"). 2.15.6 browser unit (d158/d159) inst...

  • Page 119

    Controller options d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-87 sm in s ta lla tio n 11. Make sure that “extended js” application was automatically installed in the startup settings tab. 12. Turn the main switch off/on. 13. Push the [user tools/counter] key. 14. Touch "edit home”. 15. Touch "add icon”. 16. Touch "...

  • Page 120

    Controller options d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-88 sm 17. Touch "application”. 18. Touch "browser” 19. Touch "select destination”..

  • Page 121

    Controller options d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-89 sm in s ta lla tio n 20. Touch a “blank” to set a location for the browser icon. 21. Touch "exit” to end the fax browser icon addition. Ricoh javascript do the following steps if the customer is using the ricoh javascript connected to a web applicatio...

  • Page 122

    Controller options d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-90 sm exjs firmware update the browser unit consists of the browser firmware and exjs firmware. The exjs firmware is equivalent to the existing browser firmware. Therefore, it is possible to update the exjs firmware using the same procedure as that of sd...

  • Page 123

    Controller options d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-91 sm in s ta lla tio n updating the extended javascript do the following steps if you are updating the extended javascript. 1. Turn the main switch on. 2. Push the [user tools/counter] key. 3. Touch "extended feature settings" twice on the lcd. 4. Chang...

  • Page 124

    Controller options d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-92 sm un-installing exjs firmware 1. Turn the main switch on. 2. Push the [user tools/counter] key. 3. Login with an administrator user name and password. 4. Touch "extended feature settings" twice on the lcd. 5. Touch “uninstall”. 6. Touch “browser”, an...

  • Page 125

    Controller options d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-93 sm in s ta lla tio n 3. Plug in and turn on the main power switch. 4. Turn the main switch off. 5. Attach the card slot cover, and then turn on the machine ( x 1). 6. Make sure that the machine can recognize the option ( p.2-112 "check all connections...

  • Page 126

    Controller options d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-94 sm 2.15.9 bluetooth interface unit (d158/d159) installation procedure unplug the main machine power cord before you do the following procedure. Do not remove the bluetooth unit while the power of the machine is on. You can only install one of the foll...

  • Page 127

    Controller options d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-95 sm in s ta lla tio n 2.15.10 wireless lan interface unit (d158/d159) component check no. Description q’ty for this model 1 wireless lan board 1 yes 2 velcro fasteners 2 yes 3 clamp 8 yes installation procedure unplug the main machine power cord before...

  • Page 128

    Controller options d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-96 sm 3. Make sure that the machine can recognize the option ( p.2-112 "check all connections"). 4. Peel off the double-sided tapes on the velcro fasteners [a], and then attach "ant1" (having a black ferrite core) [b] to the front left of the machine. 5....

  • Page 129

    Controller options d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-97 sm in s ta lla tio n make sure that the cables are not loose. Keep them wired tightly along the covers. You may have to move the machine if the reception is not clear. Make sure that the machine is not located near an appliance or any type of equipmen...

  • Page 130

    Controller options d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-98 sm 12. Press "yes" to initialize the following settings: transmission mode channel transmission speed wep ssid wep key sp mode and up mode settings for ieee 802.11 a/b/g, wireless lan the following sp commands and up modes can be set for ieee 802.11 a...

  • Page 131

    Controller options d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-99 sm in s ta lla tio n 2.15.11 ieee 1284 interface board (d158/d159) installation procedure unplug the main machine power cord before you do the following procedure. You can only install one of the following network interfaces at a time: (ieee 802.11 a/...

  • Page 132

    Controller options d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-100 sm 2.15.12 fax unit (d158/d159) component check check the quantity and condition of the components against the following list. No. Description q'ty 1 fcu 1 2 telephone cable (na only) 1 3 screw 6 4 fax decal for operation panel 1 5 board cover 1 6 gr...

  • Page 133

    Controller options d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-101 sm in s ta lla tio n installation procedure unplug the main machine power cord before you do the following procedure. 1. Rear cover [a] ( x 9) 2. Five screws 3. Slide the engine board [a] to the left as shown, to detach it from the controller board [...

  • Page 134

    Controller options d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-102 sm 4. Controller slot cover [a] ( x1) 5. Four screws [b] 6. Three screws 7. Slide the controller board [a] to the left and pull as shown. 8. Detach the fcu from the speaker bracket ( x 3).

  • Page 135

    Controller options d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-103 sm in s ta lla tio n 9. Insert the grounding plate (3-tip) [a] between the bracket and the fcu. 10. Reattach the fcu. 11. Attach the grounding plate (2-tip) [a] on the back of the fcu ( x1). 12. Attach the fcu to the controller board as shown..

  • Page 136

    Controller options d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-104 sm make sure that the fcu is seated correctly. If not, sc672 occurs. 13. Remove the jumper [a] (set to off) and set it to on. The machine may issue sc819 or sc820 if the jumper is not set to "on" correctly. For installation in brazil, move the jumper...

  • Page 137

    Controller options d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-105 sm in s ta lla tio n the arrow in the picture above indicates the screw to fasten the fcu. 17. Attach the board cover [a] as shown below. ( x 4) 18. Connect the telephone cord to the line jack. 19. Attach the fax decal on the operation panel..

  • Page 138

    Controller options d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-106 sm fax settings initializing the fax unit when you press the fax key for the first time after installation, the error "sram problem occurred / sram was formatted" will show on the lcd for initializing the program of the fax unit. Turn the main power ...

  • Page 139

    Controller options d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-107 sm in s ta lla tio n 2.15.14 handset (d158/d159) component check check the quantity and condition of the components against the following list. No. Description q'ty 1 bracket 1 2 cradle 1 3 handset 1 4 round screw (for cradle) 2 5 tapping screw (for ...

  • Page 140

    Controller options d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-108 sm installation procedure 1. Make two screw holes in the upper left cover. 2. Attach the cradle [a] to the bracket [b] (round screw x 2). 3. Attach the cradle to the upper left cover (tapping screw x 2). 4. Cut the knockouts for tel and line..

  • Page 141

    Controller options d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-109 sm in s ta lla tio n 5. Install the hand set [a] and tel cable..

  • Page 142

    Controller options d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-110 sm 2.15.15 ic card (d158/d159) installation procedure 1. Exit rear cover, output tray ( p.4-4) 2. Front cover ( p.4-11) 3. Remove the card slot cover [a] ( x 1). 4. Cut the knockout [a] from the card slot cover for usb cable. 5. Attach the ic card [a...

  • Page 143

    Controller options d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-111 sm in s ta lla tio n 6. Route the usb cable [a] through the cutout [b] on the interface flame from as shown below. 7. Attach the card slot cover and connect the usb cable..

  • Page 144

    Controller options d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-112 sm 8. Adjust and store the usb cable at the left side of the laser unit. 9. Reassemble the machine. 10. Attach the ic card decal to the position [a] on the output tray. 2.15.16 check all connections 1. Plug in, and turn the main switch on. 2. Enter t...

  • Page 145: Preventive Maintenance

    Preventive maintenance r e v i s i o n h i s t o ry p a g e d a t e ad d e d / u pd a t e d / n e w none.

  • Page 147: 3.  Preventive Maintenance

    Pm tables d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-1 sm p re ven ti v e mai n ten an c e 3. Preventive maintenance 3.1 pm tables see "appendices" for the following information: appendix: pm tables.

  • Page 148

    How to reset the pm counter d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-2 sm 3.2 how to reset the pm counter after preventive maintenance work, reset the pm counter (sp7-804) as follows. 3.2.1 d160/d161/d170 models 1. Activate the sp mode ( p.6-1 "service program mode"). 2. Select sp7-804 (pm counter reset). 3. Sele...

  • Page 149: Replacement And Adjustment

    Replacement and adjustment r e v i s i o n h i s t o ry p a g e d a t e ad d e d / u pd a t e d / n e w none.

  • Page 151: 4.1  General Cautions

    General cautions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-1 sm r ep lac em en t a n d a d ju s tm e n t 4. Replacement and adjustment 4.1 general cautions do not turn off the main switch while any of the electrical components are active. Doing so may result in damage to units (such as the pcu) as they are pulled ...

  • Page 152

    General cautions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-2 sm 4.1.4 scanner unit 1. Use alcohol or glass cleaner to clean the exposure and scanning glass. This will reduce the static charge on the glass. 2. Use a blower brush or a water-moistened cotton pad to clean the mirrors and lenses. 3. Make sure to not be...

  • Page 153

    Special tools and lubricants d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-3 sm r ep lac em en t a n d a d ju s tm e n t 4.2 special tools and lubricants item part number description q’ty unique or common 1 b6455010 sd card 1 c (general) 2 52039502 silicone grease g-501 1 c (general) 3 b6795100 plug - ieee1284 type c ...

  • Page 154

    Exterior covers & operation panel d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-4 sm 4.3 exterior covers & operation panel unplug the machine power cord before starting the following procedures. 4.3.1 rear cover 1. Rear cover [a] ( x 9) 4.3.2 output tray, exit cover, exit rear cover 1. Front right cover ( p.4-12) 2. E...

  • Page 155

    Exterior covers & operation panel d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-5 sm r ep lac em en t a n d a d ju s tm e n t 4. Exit cover [a] ( x 1).

  • Page 156

    Exterior covers & operation panel d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-6 sm 4.3.3 upper covers (d158/d159) 1. Platen cover, or ardf (if installed) 2. Rear cover ( p.4-4) 3. Left upper cover [a] ( x 2) 4. Right upper cover [a] ( x 2) 5. Front top cover [a] ( x 2) 6. Top rear cover [a] ( x 2).

  • Page 157

    Exterior covers & operation panel d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-7 sm r ep lac em en t a n d a d ju s tm e n t.

  • Page 158

    Exterior covers & operation panel d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-8 sm 4.3.4 operation panel (d158/d159) 1. Rear cover ( p.4-4) 2. Front right cover ( p.4-12) 3. Front top cover, right upper cover ( p.4-6 "upper covers (d158/d159)") 4. Operation panel upper cover [a] 5. Operation panel lower cover [a] ( ...

  • Page 159

    Exterior covers & operation panel d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-9 sm r ep lac em en t a n d a d ju s tm e n t 4.3.5 upper covers (d160/d161/d170) 1. Platen cover, or ardf (if installed) 2. Inverter tray [a] 3. Right upper cover [a] ( x 2) 4. Left upper cover [b] ( x 2) 5. Top rear cover [c] ( x 2) 6. F...

  • Page 160

    Exterior covers & operation panel d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-10 sm 4.3.6 operation panel (d160/d161/d170) 1. Platen cover, or ardf (if installed) 2. Rear cover ( p.4-4) 3. Right upper cover ( p.4-9 "upper covers (d160/d161/d170)") 4. Left upper cover ( p.4-9 "upper covers (d160/d161/d170)") 5. Front...

  • Page 161

    Exterior covers & operation panel d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-11 sm r ep lac em en t a n d a d ju s tm e n t 4.3.7 left cover 1. Front right cover ( p.4-12) 2. Output tray ( p.4-4) 3. Left cover [a] ( x 5) 4.3.8 front cover 1. Front door [a] (hook x 2) 2. Open the duplex unit and tray 1. 3. Front cov...

  • Page 162

    Exterior covers & operation panel d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-12 sm 4.3.9 front cover switch (interlock switch) 1. Front door, front cover ( p.4-11) 2. Metal plate [a] ( x 1) 3. Front cover switch [b] ( x 2) 4.3.10 front right cover 1. Open the front door and duplex unit. 2. Front right cover [a] ( x...

  • Page 163

    Exterior covers & operation panel d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-13 sm r ep lac em en t a n d a d ju s tm e n t 4.3.11 right rear cover 1. Open the duplex unit. 2. Right rear cover [a] ( x 2) if you have difficulty to remove the lower screw, close the duplex unit and remove the cover [b] to unscrew..

  • Page 164

    Exterior covers & operation panel d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-14 sm 4.3.12 duplex unit (d158/d159/d160/d161) / right door (d170) 1. Rear cover ( p.4-4) 2. Right rear cover ( p.4-13) 3. Open the duplex unit. 4. Four connectors ( x 4) 5. Five clamps ( x 5) 6. One clip ring ( x 1).

  • Page 165

    Exterior covers & operation panel d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-15 sm r ep lac em en t a n d a d ju s tm en t 7. Duplex unit [a].

  • Page 166

    Exterior covers & operation panel d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-16 sm 4.3.13 by-pass tray 1. Right rear cover ( p.4-13) 2. Open the duplex unit. 3. Two clip rings ( x 2) 4. One connector ( x 1) 5. Push the lock [a] and release the shaft to remove the by-pass tray [b]..

  • Page 167

    Exterior covers & operation panel d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-17 sm r ep lac em en t a n d a d ju s tm e n t 4.3.14 right lower cover (two-tray models only) 1. Right lower cover [a] with inner cover [c] ( [b] x 1). 4.3.15 right lower cover switch (two-tray models only) 1. Remove the paper tray 1, and...

  • Page 168

    Exterior covers & operation panel d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-18 sm 4.3.16 platen cover sensor 1. Platen cover, or ardf (if installed) 2. Top rear cover [a] ( x 2) 3. Platen cover sensor [a] ( x 1, x 1).

  • Page 169

    Scanner unit (d158/d159) d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-19 sm r ep lac em en t a n d a d ju s tm e n t 4.4 scanner unit (d158/d159) unplug the machine power cord before starting the following procedures. Ccd scanner - d158/d159 cis scanner - d160/d161/d170 when reassembling adjust the following sp modes...

  • Page 170

    Scanner unit (d158/d159) d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-20 sm 4.4.1 exposure glass/df exposure glass (ccd) 1. Front top cover, right upper cover ( p.4-6 "upper covers (d158/d159)") 2. Rear scale [a] ( x 3) 3. Df exposure glass guide [b] ( x 3) 4. Df exposure glass [a] 5. Exposure glass [a].

  • Page 171

    Scanner unit (d158/d159) d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-21 sm r ep lac em en t a n d a d ju s tm e n t when reassembling the d158/d159 models with ardf (d684) use a non-contact method to read originals from the ardf. To avoid direct contact between originals and the df exposure glass, the mylar [a] is a...

  • Page 172

    Scanner unit (d158/d159) d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-22 sm 4.4.2 lens block do not touch the paint-locked screws on the lens block. The position of the lens assembly (black part) is adjusted before shipment. Do not grasp the pcb or the lens assembly when you handle the lens block. The lens assembly m...

  • Page 173

    Scanner unit (d158/d159) d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-23 sm r ep lac em en t a n d a d ju s tm e n t 4.4.3 sio board 1. Rear cover ( p.4-4) 2. Sio board with bracket [a] ( x 1, x 6) 4.4.4 exposure lamp 1. Exposure glass ( p.4-20 "exposure glass/df exposure glass (ccd)") 2. Move the exposure lamp [a] t...

  • Page 174

    Scanner unit (d158/d159) d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-24 sm 4.4.5 aps sensor (length) 1. Exposure glass ( p.4-20 "exposure glass/df exposure glass (ccd)") 2. Aps sensor (length) [a] ( x 1, hook x 2).

  • Page 175

    Scanner unit (d158/d159) d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-25 sm r ep lac em en t a n d a d ju s tm e n t 4.4.6 scanner motor 1. Rear cover ( p.4-4) 2. Df exposure glass ( p.4-20 "exposure glass/df exposure glass (ccd)") 3. Top covers ( p.4-6 "upper covers (d158/d159)") 4. Sio board (with bracket [a]), and...

  • Page 176

    Scanner unit (d158/d159) d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-26 sm 7. Scanner motor [a] ( x 2, belt x 1) adjust the image quality after you install the motor. 4.4.7 scanner home position sensor 1. Df exposure glass ( p.4-20 "exposure glass/df exposure glass (ccd)") 2. Top rear cover ( p.4-6 "upper covers (d1...

  • Page 177

    Scanner unit (d158/d159) d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-27 sm r ep lac em en t a n d a d ju s tm e n t 4.4.8 front scanner wire 1. Exposure glass/df exposure glass ( p.4-20 "exposure glass/df exposure glass (ccd)") 2. Scanner left stay [a] ( x 12) 3. Scanner left rail frame [a] ( x 3) 4. Scanner front s...

  • Page 178

    Scanner unit (d158/d159) d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-28 sm if you have difficulty to remove the scanner front stay, remove the operation panel using a short ‘stubby’ screwdriver. 5. To make reassembly easy, slide the 1st scanner carriage to the right. 6. Front scanner wire brackets [a] , [b] ( x 2) 7...

  • Page 179

    Scanner unit (d158/d159) d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-29 sm r ep lac em en t a n d a d ju s tm e n t reassembling the front scanner wire 1. Pass the wire with a ball [a] through the scanner drive pulley as shown below. 2. Position the center ball [a] in the middle of the forked holder. 3. Wind the rig...

  • Page 180

    Scanner unit (d158/d159) d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-30 sm do not attach the pulley to the shaft with the screw at this time. 6. Hook the wire [a] onto the 2nd scanner unit as shown below. 7. Insert the left end [a] into the slit..

  • Page 181

    Scanner unit (d158/d159) d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-31 sm r ep lac em en t a n d a d ju s tm e n t 8. Hook the wire onto the right pulley [a]. 9. Hook the wire [a] onto the 2nd scanner unit as shown below. 10. Hook the right end onto the front scanner wire bracket [a]..

  • Page 182

    Scanner unit (d158/d159) d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-32 sm do not secure the scanner wire bracket with the screw at this time (before step 12). 11. Remove the tape from the drive pulley. 12. Adjust the scanner positions ( p.4-37). After replacing the scanner wire, do the image adjustments in the foll...

  • Page 183

    Scanner unit (d158/d159) d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-33 sm r ep lac em en t a n d a d ju s tm e n t 4.4.9 rear scanner wire 1. Exposure glass/df exposure glass ( p.4-20 "exposure glass/df exposure glass (ccd)") 2. Scanner left stay ( p.4-27 "front scanner wire") 3. Scanner left rail frame ( p.4-27 "f...

  • Page 184

    Scanner unit (d158/d159) d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-34 sm 9. Rear scanner wire brackets [a], [b] ( x 2) 10. Scanner motor gear [a] ( x 1) 11. Rear scanner wire and scanner drive pulley [a] ( x 2).

  • Page 185

    Scanner unit (d158/d159) d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-35 sm r ep lac em en t a n d a d ju s tm e n t reassembling the rear scanner wire 1. Pass the wire end with a ball (a) through the scanner drive pulley as shown below. 2. Position the center ball [a] in the middle of the forked holder. 3. Wind the ...

  • Page 186

    Scanner unit (d158/d159) d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-36 sm 4. Stick the wire to the pulley with tape, so you can easily handle the pulley and wire during installation. 5. Install the drive pulley on the shaft. Do not secure the scanner wire bracket with the screw at this time (before step 7). 6. Inst...

  • Page 187

    Scanner unit (d158/d159) d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-37 sm r ep lac em en t a n d a d ju s tm e n t 4.4.10 adjusting the scanner positions 1. Insert a scanner-positioning pin through the 2nd carriage holes [a] and [d]. 2. Insert another scanner positioning pin through the 1st carriage hole [b] and [c...

  • Page 188

    Scanner unit (d158/d159) d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-38 sm 6. Fasten the rear scanner wire using screws in the same manner as you have done for the front scanner wire. 7. Pull out the positioning pins. 8. Reassemble the machine and check the operation. Make sure the 1st and 2nd carriages move smoothl...

  • Page 189

    Scanner unit (d160/d161/d170) d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-39 sm r ep lac em en t a n d a d ju s tm e n t 4.5 scanner unit (d160/d161/d170) unplug the machine power cord before starting the following procedures. Do not touch the guide rods [a], because they are greased. Ccd scanner – d158/d159 cis sca...

  • Page 190

    Scanner unit (d160/d161/d170) d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-40 sm 4.5.1 scanner unit 1. Operation panel and top covers ( p.4-9 "upper covers (d160/d161/d170)", p.4-10 "operation panel (d160/d161/d170)") 2. Four brackets [a] left side ( x 4) right side ( x 4) 3. Scanner unit x 1 ffc [a] x 1, x 3.

  • Page 191

    Scanner unit (d160/d161/d170) d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-41 sm r ep lac em en t a n d a d ju s tm e n t x 8 scanner unit [a].

  • Page 192

    Scanner unit (d160/d161/d170) d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-42 sm 4.5.2 aps sensors (width/length) 1. Rear cover ( p.4-4) 2. Platen cover, or ardf (if installed) 3. Top covers ( p.4-9 "upper covers (d160/d161/d170)") 4. Exposure glass/df exposure glass ( p.4-46 "exposure glass/df exposure glass (cis)")...

  • Page 193

    Scanner unit (d160/d161/d170) d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-43 sm r ep lac em en t a n d a d ju s tm e n t the sensor location depends on the country of use. [a]: all areas except china [b]: china only.

  • Page 194

    Scanner unit (d160/d161/d170) d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-44 sm 4.5.3 cis unit and scanner drive belt when replacing the cis unit or scanner drive belt, be careful not to touch the grease that is applied to the base of the scanner under the timing belt. 1. Rear cover ( p.4-4) 2. Platen cover, or ardf...

  • Page 195

    Scanner unit (d160/d161/d170) d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-45 sm r ep lac em en t a n d a d ju s tm e n t 7. Scanner drive belt [a].

  • Page 196

    Scanner unit (d160/d161/d170) d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-46 sm 4.5.4 exposure glass/df exposure glass (cis) 1. Rear cover ( p.4-4) 2. Platen cover, or ardf (if installed) 3. Top covers ( p.4-9 "upper covers (d160/d161/d170)") 4. Exposure glass/df exposure glass [a] ( x 8, hook x 3) exposure glass [a...

  • Page 197: 4.6  Laser Unit

    Laser unit d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-47 sm r ep lac em en t a n d a d ju s tm e n t 4.6 laser unit the laser beam can seriously damage your eyes. Be absolutely sure that the main power switch is off and that the machine is unplugged before you access the laser unit. Unplug the machine power cord be...

  • Page 198

    Laser unit d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-48 sm 4.6.2 toner shield glass 1. Remove the toner bottle. 2. Output tray, exit cover, exit rear cover ( p.4-4) 3. Front cover ( p.4-11) 4. Toner shield glass [a] 4.6.3 laser unit 1. Toner shield glass ( p.4-48) 2. Laser unit [a] ( x 3, x 2).

  • Page 199

    Laser unit d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-49 sm r ep lac em en t a n d a d ju s tm e n t 4.6.4 polygonal mirror motor 1. Laser unit ( p.4-48) 2. Laser unit cover [a] ( x 4) 3. Polygonal mirror motor [a] ( x 4, x 1 ) 4. After reassembling, adjust the image quality ( p.4-105)..

  • Page 200: 4.7  Pcu Section

    Pcu section d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-50 sm 4.7 pcu section unplug the machine power cord before starting the following procedures. 4.7.1 pcu 1. Toner bottle with the holder [a] 2. Open the right door. 3. Press the latch [b] and pull out the pcu [c]. Do not touch the opc drum surface with bare hand...

  • Page 201

    Pcu section d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-51 sm r ep lac em en t a n d a d ju s tm e n t 4.7.2 pick-off pawls and toner density sensor do not turn the pcu upside down. This causes toner and developer to spill out. 1. Pcu ( p.4-50) 2. Pawl [a] pull down the pawl and release the bottom end. 3. Toner dens...

  • Page 202

    Pcu section d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-52 sm 4.7.3 opc drum 1. Pcu ( p.4-50) 2. Front side piece [a] ( x 1) 3. Rear side piece [b] ( x 2, 1 coupling) 4. Separate the drum section [c] from the developer section [d]. To ensure that the left-side gears line up, keep the drum cover [e] closed when reins...

  • Page 203

    Pcu section d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-53 sm r ep lac em en t a n d a d ju s tm e n t 4.7.4 charge roller and cleaning brush 1. Opc drum ( p.4-52) 2. Holding pin [a] 3. Stepped screw [b] 4. Charge roller [c] and cleaning brush [d] (with the holders and springs) turn the gear [e] (as necessary) so th...

  • Page 204

    Pcu section d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-54 sm 4.7.5 cleaning blade 1. Drum charge roller ( p.4-53 "charge roller and cleaning brush") 2. Cleaning blade [b] ( x 2) 3. When reassembling, adjust the image quality ( p.4-56 "after replacement or adjustment"). Reassembling apply toner to the edge of the ne...

  • Page 205

    Pcu section d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-55 sm r ep lac em en t a n d a d ju s tm e n t 4.7.6 developer 1. Pcu ( p.4-50) 2. To let the toner fall to the development section, gently tap about eight different spots on the top of the pcu with a screwdriver. Each spot must be approximately at an equal dis...

  • Page 206

    Pcu section d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-56 sm make sure no toner or developer stays on the gear. Clean the gears as necessary with a blower brush, etc. Be sure to replace the mylar at the rear side in the correct position. (the mylar protects the gears at the rear side from falling toner). 4.7.7 afte...

  • Page 207: 4.8  Toner Supply Motor

    Toner supply motor d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-57 sm r ep lac em en t a n d a d ju s tm e n t 4.8 toner supply motor unplug the machine power cord before starting the following procedure. 1. Output tray ( p.4-4 "output tray, exit cover, exit rear cover") 2. Open the front door. 3. Toner bottle holder...

  • Page 208: 4.9  Paper Feed Section

    Paper feed section d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-58 sm 4.9 paper feed section unplug the machine power cord before starting the following procedures. 4.9.1 paper feed roller 1. Paper cassette 2. Clip [a] 3. Push the shaft back through the opening, and tilt it up. If the black plastic bushing [b] comes ...

  • Page 209

    Paper feed section d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-59 sm r ep lac em en t a n d a d ju s tm e n t 4.9.2 friction pad 1. Paper cassette 2. Clip [a] 3. Push the shaft back through the opening, so that the roller moves clear of the friction pad. 4. Friction pad [b] when replacing the friction pad make sure ...

  • Page 210

    Paper feed section d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-60 sm 4.9.3 exit sensor 1. Output tray, exit cover, exit rear cover ( p.4-4) 2. Front right cover ( p.4-12) 3. Operation panel lower cover (d158/d159 only) ( p.4-8) 4. Open the duplex unit. 5. Fusing unit connector bracket [a] ( x 1, x 2) 6. Upper guide ...

  • Page 211

    Paper feed section d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-61 sm r ep lac em en t a n d a d ju s tm e n t 8. Exit sensor bracket ( x 1) 9. Exit sensor [a] ( x 1).

  • Page 212

    Paper feed section d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-62 sm 4.9.4 registration roller 1. Pcu ( p.4-50) 2. Front cover ( p.4-11) 3. Right door ( p.4-11) 4. Plastic cover [a] 5. Image transfer roller ( p.4-78) 6. Push down on the notch [b] to free the sensor. 7. Image density sensor [c] ( x 1, x 1) 8. Rear co...

  • Page 213

    Paper feed section d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-63 sm r ep lac em en t a n d a d ju s tm e n t.

  • Page 214

    Paper feed section d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-64 sm 4.9.5 registration clutch 1. Rear cover ( p.4-4) 2. High-voltage power supply board (with the bracket) [b] ( x 3, all connectors) 3. Registration clutch [a] ( x 2, x 1, clip ring x 1).

  • Page 215

    Paper feed section d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-65 sm r ep lac em en t a n d a d ju s tm e n t 4.9.6 registration sensor 1. Open the right door. 2. Sensor cover [a] (hook x 2) 3. Registration sensor [b] ( x 1).

  • Page 216

    Paper feed section d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-66 sm 4.9.7 upper paper feed clutch 1. Rear cover ( p.4-4) 2. Right rear cover ( p.4-13 "right rear cover") 3. High-voltage power supply board (with the bracket) [b] ( x 3, x 4, x 2) 4. Clutch cover [a] ( x 2, 2 bushings, x 2 ) 5. Paper feed clutch [b] (...

  • Page 217

    Paper feed section d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-67 sm r ep lac em en t a n d a d ju s tm e n t 4.9.8 relay clutch 1. Rear cover ( p.4-4) 2. Relay clutch [a] ( x 1) 4.9.9 relay sensor 1. Relay clutch ( p.4-67) 2. Sensor bracket [a] ( x 1) 3. Relay sensor [b] ( x 1).

  • Page 218

    Paper feed section d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-68 sm 4.9.10 lower paper feed clutch (two-tray models only) 1. Rear cover ( p.4-4) 2. Clutch cover [a] ( x 1, clip ring [b] x 1, stay [c] x1) 3. Lower paper feed clutch [a] (clip ring [b] x 1, x 1) 4.9.11 vertical transport sensor (two-tray models only) ...

  • Page 219

    Paper feed section d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-69 sm r ep lac em en t a n d a d ju s tm e n t 4.9.12 paper size switch 1. Paper tray 1 and 2 paper size switch: t1 [a] paper size switch: t2 [b] (two-tray models only) 2. Paper size switch [a] (hooks, x 1) 4.9.13 paper end sensor paper end sensor: t1 1....

  • Page 220

    Paper feed section d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-70 sm paper end sensor: t2 (two-tray models only) 1. Paper tray 1 and 2 2. Paper end sensor: t2 [a] (hooks, x 1) 4.9.14 tray lift motor 1. Rear cover ( p.4-4) tray 1 lift motor [a] tray 2 lift motor [b] (two-tray models only) when replacing the tray 1 li...

  • Page 221

    Paper feed section d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-71 sm r ep lac em en t a n d a d ju s tm e n t 4. Tray lift motor [a] ( x 2).

  • Page 222

    Paper feed section d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-72 sm 4.9.15 tray lift sensor 1. Rear cover ( p.4-4) tray 1 lift sensor [a] tray 2 lift sensor [b] (two-tray models only) 2. Tray lift sensor ( x 1, hook x3).

  • Page 223

    Paper feed section d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-73 sm r ep lac em en t a n d a d ju s tm e n t 4.9.16 by-pass paper length sensor 1. Open the by-pass tray unit. 2. By-pass tray right cover [a] ( x 2) 3. By-pass paper length sensor [a] ( x 1).

  • Page 224

    Paper feed section d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-74 sm 4.9.17 by-pass paper width sensor 1. By-pass tray unit ( p.4-16) 2. By-pass left tray cover [a] (hook x 1) 3. Replace the by-pass paper width sensor [a] ( x 1). When replacing the by-pass paper width sensor 1. Align the holes [a], [b] and [c]. 2. I...

  • Page 225

    Paper feed section d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-75 sm r ep lac em en t a n d a d ju s tm en t - display on the lcd - paper size display paper size display a3 sef 00001001 a5 sef 00001110 b4 sef 00001011 b6 sef 00001100 a4 sef 00000011 a6 sef 00001101 b5 sef 00000111 smaller a6 sef 00001101 4.9.18 by-p...

  • Page 226

    Paper feed section d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-76 sm 4.9.19 by-pass feed clutch and by-pass tray lift clutch 1. Duplex unit (or right door) ( p.4-14) 2. Clutch cover [a] ( x 2, x2, x 1) 3. By-pass tray lift clutch [a] 4. By-pass feed clutch [b].

  • Page 227

    Paper feed section d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-77 sm r ep lac em en t a n d a d ju s tm e n t 4.9.20 by-pass tray lift sensor 1. Duplex unit (or right door) ( p.4-14) 2. Sensor cover [a] ( x 1) 3. By-pass tray lift sensor [a] ( x 1, hook x 3).

  • Page 228: 4.10 Image Transfer

    Image transfer d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-78 sm 4.10 image transfer unplug the machine power cord before starting the following procedures. 4.10.1 image transfer roller do not touch the transfer roller surface with bare hands 1. Open the right door. 2. Lift the plastic holders [d] with the image tra...

  • Page 229

    Image transfer d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-79 sm r ep lac em en t a n d a d ju s tm e n t 4.10.2 image density sensor 1. Open the right door. 2. Plastic cover [a] 3. Image transfer roller ( p.4-78) 4. Push down on the notch [b] to free the sensor. 5. Image density sensor [c] ( x 1).

  • Page 230: 4.11 Fusing

    Fusing d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-80 sm 4.11 fusing unplug the machine power cord before starting the following procedures. 4.11.1 fusing unit the fusing unit can become very hot. Make sure that it has cooled down sufficiently before you handle it. 1. Turn off the main switch, and unplug the machine...

  • Page 231

    Fusing d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-81 sm r ep lac em en t a n d a d ju s tm e n t 4.11.3 fusing lamps 1. Fusing unit ( p.4-80) 2. Separate the hot roller section [a] from the pressure roller section [b] ( x 4). 3. Front holding plate [c] ( x 1) 4. Rear holding plate [d] ( x 1) 5. Fusing lamp with the...

  • Page 232

    Fusing d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-82 sm 4.11.4 hot roller stripper pawls 1. Hot roller section ( p.4-81 "fusing lamps") 2. Roller guard [a] ( x 3) 3. Metal holders [b] (1 holder for each) 4. Hot roller stripper pawls [c] (1 spring for each) 4.11.5 hot roller 1. Hot roller stripper pawls ( p.4-82) 2....

  • Page 233

    Fusing d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-83 sm r ep lac em en t a n d a d ju s tm e n t 4.11.6 thermostat 1. Hot roller ( p.4-82) 2. Thermostat [a] ( x 2 for each) 4.11.7 pressure roller and bushings 1. Separate the hot roller section from the pressure roller section ( p.4-81 "fusing lamps"). 2. Fusing ent...

  • Page 234

    Fusing d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-84 sm 4.11.8 nip band width adjustment do this adjustment when the fusing unit is at its operating temperature. The size of the ohp sheet must be a4/lt lef. Any other sizes may cause a paper jam. [a] pressure roller [b] hot roller [c] spring hook 1. Place an ohp she...

  • Page 235

    Duplex unit (duplex models only) d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-85 sm r ep lac em en t a n d a d ju s tm e n t 4.12 duplex unit (duplex models only) unplug the machine power cord before starting the following procedures. Duplex models - d158, d159, d160, d161 non-duplex model - d170 4.12.1 duplex exit s...

  • Page 236

    Duplex unit (duplex models only) d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-86 sm 4.12.2 duplex entrance sensor 1. Open the right door. 2. Lift the duplex guide [a]. 3. Entrance sensor bracket [b] and bracket cover [c] ( x 2) 4. Duplex entrance sensor [d] 4.12.3 duplex inverter sensor 1. Copy tray [a] ( x 2) 2. Exi...

  • Page 237

    Duplex unit (duplex models only) d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-87 sm r ep lac em en t a n d a d ju s tm e n t 4.12.4 duplex transport motor 1. Open the right door. 2. Detach the chain and spring from the frame, and lower the right door. 3. Cover [a] ( x 1) 4. Motor bracket [b] ( x 4, x 1). 5. Duplex tr...

  • Page 238

    Duplex unit (duplex models only) d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-88 sm 4.12.5 duplex inverter motor 1. Platen cover, or ardf (if installed) 2. Rear cover ( p.4-4) 3. Top rear cover ( p.4-6) 4. Bracket [a] ( x 4) 5. Rear exhaust fan [a] ( x 3) 6. Duplex inverter motor [a] ( x 2, x 1).

  • Page 239: 4.13 Electrical Components

    Electrical components d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-89 sm r ep lac em en t a n d a d ju s tm e n t 4.13 electrical components unplug the machine power cord before starting the following procedures. 4.13.1 controller board (gw+/gdi) the battery on the control board can explode if replaced incorrectly. D...

  • Page 240

    Electrical components d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-90 sm 3. Ctl board [a] (with bracket) ( x 3) 4. Slide the ctl board [a] to the left and pull down as shown below..

  • Page 241

    Electrical components d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-91 sm r ep lac em en t a n d a d ju s tm e n t 5. Nvram [a] 6. Dimm-ram [b] 7. Ctl board ( x 4) [c] 8. Install the new ctl board..

  • Page 242

    Electrical components d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-92 sm when replacing the new controller board (gw+ controller) 1. Remove the nvram [a] from the old controller board. 2. Install the old nvram [a] on the new controller board after you replace the controller board. 3. Replace the nvram if the nvram on...

  • Page 243

    Electrical components d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-93 sm r ep lac em en t a n d a d ju s tm e n t replacement procedure (gdi controller) 1. Rear cover ( p.4-4) 2. Interface cover [a] 3. Separate the bicu [a] from the ctl board ( x 5). 4. Ctl board [a] (with bracket) ( x 5).

  • Page 244

    Electrical components d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-94 sm 5. Ctl board [a] ( x 4) 6. Install the new ctl board. When replacing the new controller board (gdi) there is no removable nv-ram on the ctl board. When the controller board is replaced, it is necessary to re-enter the information manually. 1. Do...

  • Page 245

    Electrical components d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-95 sm r ep lac em en t a n d a d ju s tm e n t 4.13.2 hdd unit (for d158/d159) unplug the machine power cord before starting the following procedure. Before replacing the hdd unit: copy the address book data to an sd card from the hdd with sp5-846-051...

  • Page 246

    Electrical components d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-96 sm 5. When you turn the main power switch on after installing the hard disk, initialization of the disk starts automatically. 6. Once a completion message appears, turn the power off. 7. Download the address book data to an sd card. 4.13.3 quenchin...

  • Page 247

    Electrical components d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-97 sm r ep la c em en t a n d a d ju s tm e n t 4.13.4 high-voltage power supply board 1. Rear cover ( p.4-4) 2. Right rear cover ( p.4-13) 3. High-voltage power supply board [a] ( x 3, x 4) 4.13.5 bicu (base-engine image control unit) 1. Rear cover (...

  • Page 248

    Electrical components d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-98 sm 3. Bicu [a] ( x 8, all). Remove the nvram [b] from the old bicu and install it on the new bicu when you replace the bicu. The nvram keeps machine-specific data. Replacing the nvram on the bicu 1. Replace the nvram if the nvram on the old bicu bo...

  • Page 249

    Electrical components d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-99 sm r ep lac em en t a n d a d ju s tm e n t 4.13.6 main motor 1. Rear cover ( p.4-4) 2. Main motor [a] ( x 3, x 1) 4.13.7 rear exhaust fan (duplex models only) 1. Platen cover, or ardf (if installed) 2. Rear cover ( p.4-4) 3. Top rear cover ( p.4-6...

  • Page 250

    Electrical components d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-100 sm make sure that the arrow on the fan [a] points to the outside of the copier when you reassemble. The arrow indicates the direction of the air current. 4.13.8 left exhaust fan 1. Rear cover ( p.4-4) 2. Left cover ( p.4-11) 3. Fan cover [a] ( x 2...

  • Page 251

    Electrical components d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-101 sm r ep lac em en t a n d a d ju s tm e n t make sure that the arrow on the fan [a] points to the outside of the copier when you reassemble. The arrow indicates the direction of the air current. 4.13.9 psu (power supply unit) 1. Left cover ( p.4-1...

  • Page 252

    Electrical components d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-102 sm 4.13.10 gearbox replacement procedure 1. Inverter tray [a] 2. Exit rear cover ( p.4-4 "output tray, exit cover, exit rear cover") this step releases the topmost part of the bicu bracket. 3. High-voltage power supply board (with the bracket) ( p...

  • Page 253

    Electrical components d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-103 sm r ep lac em en t a n d a d ju s tm e n t do not change the position of the spring [g] and make sure that the bushing [h] on the pcu drive shaft is in the correct position you when you reassemble. You can adjust its position by rotating the gear...

  • Page 254

    Electrical components d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-104 sm gear arrangement in the gearbox the gears are numbered 1 to 12 in the order in which they are to be installed in the gearbox. These numbers show both on the gearbox and on the front (exposed) surface of each gear. If the gears fall out, start b...

  • Page 255

    Copy adjustments printing/scanning d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-105 sm r ep lac em en t a n d a d ju s tm e n t 4.14 copy adjustments printing/scanning you need to perform the adjustment after you do a memory all clear, and after you replace or adjust any of the following parts. First or second scanne...

  • Page 256

    Copy adjustments printing/scanning d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-106 sm tray sp mode specification by-pass feed: mid thick sp1-001-008 by-pass feed: thick sp1-001-009 duplex: plain sp1-001-013 duplex: mid thick sp1-001-014 duplex: thick sp1-001-015 by-pass feed sp1-002-001 tray main 1 sp1-002-002 tray ...

  • Page 257

    Copy adjustments printing/scanning d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-107 sm r ep lac em en t a n d a d ju s tm e n t sp mode specification trailing edge sp2-101-002 2 +2.5/-1.5 mm right edge sp2-101-004 leading edge sp2-101-001 2 ± 1.5 mm left edge sp2-101-003 sp mode specification trailing edge sp2-103-00...

  • Page 258

    Copy adjustments printing/scanning d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-108 sm a: trailing edge blank margin b: right edge blank margin c: leading edge blank margin d: left edge blank margin - main scan magnification - 1. Print the single-dot grid pattern (d160/d161/d170: sp5-902-001, no.5, d158/d159: sp2-109...

  • Page 259

    Copy adjustments printing/scanning d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-109 sm r ep lac em en t a n d a d ju s tm e n t 4.14.2 scanning before doing the following scanner adjustments, check and adjust the printing leading-edge and side-to-side registrations and the printing blank margins (as described above)....

  • Page 260

    Copy adjustments printing/scanning d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-110 sm - magnification - a: main scan magnification b: sub-scan magnification - main scan magnification (only for d160/d161/d170) - 1. Place the os-a3 test chart on the exposure glass and make a copy from one of the feed stations. 2. Chec...

  • Page 261

    Copy adjustments printing/scanning d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-111 sm r ep lac em en t a n d a d ju s tm e n t 4.14.3 ardf image adjustment a: leading edge registration b: side-to-side registration make a temporary test chart as shown above, using a3/11" x 17" paper. 1. Place the temporary test chart...

  • Page 262

    Copy adjustments printing/scanning d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 4-112 sm - sub-scan magnification - a: sub-scan magnification make a temporary test chart as shown above, with a3/11" x 17" paper. 1. Place the temporary test chart on the ardf and make a copy from one of the feed stations. 2. Check the reg...

  • Page 263: Troubleshooting

    Troubleshooting r e v i s i o n h i s t o ry p a g e d a t e a d d e d / u pd a t e d / n ew 27 ∼ 42 11/07/2013 added sc670-00 thru sc672-99 34 ∼ 97 01/16/2014 added sc8xx: controller sc codes 98 ∼ 106 01/16/2014 moved original pages 34-42 to 98-106.

  • Page 265: 5.  Troubleshooting

    Troubleshooting image quality problems d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-1 sm t ro u b le - s h o o ti n g 5. Troubleshooting 5.1 troubleshooting image quality problems 5.1.1 marks (vertical streaks) on prints and copies due to scanning problems marks on prints and copies are mostly due to dirt on the df e...

  • Page 266

    Troubleshooting image quality problems d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-2 sm contact scanning: other adfs/ardfs non-contact scanning: ardf df2020 (d684) in contact scanning, the whole of the original comes into contact with the df exposure glass [a] so that non-adhesive contaminants can be removed. By mea...

  • Page 267

    Troubleshooting image quality problems d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-3 sm t ro u b le - s h o o ti n g converting the ardf df2020 (d684) to contact scanning unplug the machine power cord before starting the following procedure. 1. Ardf front cover [a] ( x 1) 2. Scanning guide plate [b] ( [a] x 1) 3. Re...

  • Page 268

    Troubleshooting image quality problems d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-4 sm 5. Mount the scanning guide plate, taking care not to damage the mylar sheet [a]. 6. Peel off the mylar from the df exposure glass with your hands. 7. Use alcohol to clean the df exposure glass [a]. To avoid paper jams, make sure...

  • Page 269

    Troubleshooting image quality problems d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-5 sm t ro u b le - s h o o ti n g 8. Turn the main switch on. 9. Start the sp mode. 10. Select sp4-688-001 (df density adjustment) and change the setting to “101%” (for the non-contact method, select “106%”)..

  • Page 270

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-6 sm 5.2 service call conditions 5.2.1 summary there are four levels of service call conditions. Level definition reset procedure a to prevent damage to the machine, the main machine cannot be operated until the sc has been reset by a service repres...

  • Page 271

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-7 sm t ro u b le - s h o o ti n g 5.2.2 sc code descriptions sc1xx: scanning no. Definition symptom possible cause 101 -01 b exposure lamp error (d158/d159) the standard white level was not detected properly when scanning the white plate. Exposure l...

  • Page 272

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-8 sm no. Definition symptom possible cause 120 b scanner home position error 1 the scanner home position sensor does not detect the off condition during initialization or copying. Scanner home position sensor scanner drive motor scanner home positio...

  • Page 273

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-9 sm t ro u b le - s h o o ti n g no. Definition symptom possible cause 144 b communication error between bicu and sbu the bicu board cannot detect the sbu connect signal. The flat cable between the bicu board and the sbu has a poor connection the f...

  • Page 274

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-10 sm sc2xx: exposure (d158/d159) no. Definition symptom possible cause 202 c polygon motor error : on timeout when the polygon motor is rotating. Defective or disconnected harness to polygon motor defective polygon motor the polygon motor drive pul...

  • Page 275

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-11 sm t ro u b le - s h o o ti n g no. Definition symptom possible cause 230 c fgate on error when processing the image disconnected or defective connector between bicu and controller board disconnected or defective harness between bicu and laser un...

  • Page 276

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-12 sm sc3xx: image processing no. Definition symptom possible cause 302 b charge roller current leak a current leak signal for the charge roller is detected. Charge roller damaged high voltage supply board poor connection of the pcu 320 b polygonal ...

  • Page 277

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-13 sm t ro u b le - s h o o ti n g no. Definition symptom possible cause 350 b id sensor error (in-process) vsg adjustment error vsp error vsg error vsg-vsp error td sensor error dirt on the id sensor id sensor not installed at the correct angle. De...

  • Page 278

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-14 sm no. Definition symptom possible cause 354 b id sensor : auto adjustment time-out (in-process) (d158/d159) when the id sensor is adjusting vsg automatically. Defective id sensor disconnection of the harness to the id sensor bad electrical conta...

  • Page 279

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-15 sm t ro u b le - s h o o ti n g no. Definition symptom possible cause 390 b td sensor error the td sensor outputs less than 0.2 v or more than 4.0 v 10 times consecutively during copying. Td sensor abnormal poor connection of the pcu 391 b develo...

  • Page 280

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-16 sm sc4xx: image processing no. Definition symptom possible cause 440 b image transfer positive electrode current error an interrupt checks the status of the power pack every 20 ms. This sc is issued if the bcu detects a short in the power pack 10...

  • Page 281

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-17 sm t ro u b le - s h o o ti n g sc5xx: paper feed and fusing no. Definition symptom possible cause 501 c tray 1 lift motor malfunction (optional paper tray units) the paper lift sensor fails to activate twice continuously after the tray lift moto...

  • Page 282

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-18 sm no. Definition symptom possible cause 503 c tray 3 error (d160/d161/d170) the paper lift sensor fails to activate three times continuously after the tray lift motor has been on for 18 seconds. Paper lift sensor tray lift motor broken harness d...

  • Page 283

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-19 sm t ro u b le - s h o o ti n g no. Definition symptom possible cause 508 c by-pass bottom plate error the signal from the by-pass tray hp sensor does not change for 1.0 second after the by-pass motor has rotated counterclockwise. If this conditi...

  • Page 284

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-20 sm no. Definition symptom possible cause 532 b ctl fan error (d158/d159) lock signal is not issued for more than 50 consecutive 100 ms intervals, during fan is rotating. Motor overload loose connection 541 a fusing thermistor open (center) the fu...

  • Page 285

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-21 sm t ro u b le - s h o o ti n g no. Definition symptom possible cause 542 a fusing reload failed (center) (d160/d161/d170) not reaching the reload temperature in 20 ms after starting fusing lamp control. Defective thermistor disconnected fusing l...

  • Page 286

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-22 sm no. Definition symptom possible cause 547 -01 b zero cross signal malfunction(d158/d159) zero cross signals are detected three consecutive times at 50 ms intervals. This error is detected before the fusing relay is turned on after turning on t...

  • Page 287

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-23 sm t ro u b le - s h o o ti n g no. Definition symptom possible cause 551 a fusing thermistor open (rear) the fusing temperature is below 0 °c for 5 seconds (detected by the thermistor). Fusing thermistor defective or out of position loose connec...

  • Page 288

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-24 sm no. Definition symptom possible cause 555 a fusing lamp overheat error (rear) after the fusing temperature reaches the target temperature, the fusing lamp does not turn off for 20 consecutive seconds. Fusing thermistor defective or out of posi...

  • Page 289

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-25 sm t ro u b le - s h o o ti n g sc6xx: device communication no. Definition symptom possible cause 620 b communication error between bicu and adf the bicu does not receive a response from the ardf main board for 4 seconds or more. The bicu receive...

  • Page 290

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-26 sm no. Definition symptom possible cause 634 c accounting ram error an error is detected in the ram that saves the information on the mf accounting. Accounting device 635 c accounting ram error an error is detected in the ram that saves the infor...

  • Page 291

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-27 sm t rouble - shooting no. Definition symptom possible cause -14 b eeprom communication error – communication failed error (d158/d159) -15 b eeprom communication error – timeout error (d158/d159) -16 b eeprom communication error – communication s...

  • Page 292

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-28 sm no. Definition symptom possible cause sc670 -00 d engine start up error case 1 ƒ /engrdy signal was not asserted when the machine was turned on or returned from energy saver mode. ƒ /ipurdy signal was not asserted when the machine was turned o...

  • Page 293

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-29 sm t rouble - shooting no. Definition symptom possible cause sc672-10 d controller start up error after the machine was powered on, communication between the controller and the operation panel was not established. ƒ controller stalled board insta...

  • Page 294

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-30 sm no. Definition symptom possible cause sc672-12 d controller start up error communication with controller was interrupted after a normal startup. ƒ controller stalled board installed incorrectly controller board defective operation panel connec...

  • Page 295

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-31 sm t rouble - shooting no. Definition symptom possible cause sc672-99 d controller start up error the operation panel software ended abnormally. ƒ controller stalled board installed incorrectly controller board defective operation panel connector...

  • Page 296

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-32 sm no. Definition symptom possible cause 687 b memory address command error (d158/d159) from among the i/f commands with the controller, the image transfer available report (for each command) cannot be received. Caused by noise defective controll...

  • Page 297

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-33 sm t rouble - shooting sc7xx: peripherals no. Definition symptom possible cause 701 -03 b paper feed motor driver error (ardf) (d158/d159) -08 b paper exit motor driver error (ardf) (d158/d159) error signal from the motor driver ƒ loose connectio...

  • Page 298

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-34 sm sc8xx: controller sc no. Level error name/error condition/major cause/solution sc816 [0x0000] energy save i/o subsystem error sc816-01 d subsystem error sc816-02 d sysarch (lpux_get_port_info) error sc816-03 d transition to str was denied. Sc8...

  • Page 299

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-35 sm t rouble - shooting sc no. Level error name/error condition/major cause/solution sc816-24 d read() error sc816-25 d read() error sc816-26 d write() communication retry error sc816-27 d write() communication retry error sc816-28 d write() commu...

  • Page 300

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-36 sm sc no. Level error name/error condition/major cause/solution sc816--52 d subsystem error sc816--53 d subsystem error sc816--54 d subsystem error sc816--55 d subsystem error sc816--56 d subsystem error sc816--57 d subsystem error sc816--58 d su...

  • Page 301

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-37 sm t rouble - shooting sc no. Level error name/error condition/major cause/solution sc816--76 d subsystem error sc816--77 d subsystem error sc816--78 d subsystem error sc816--79 d subsystem error sc816--80 d subsystem error sc816--81 d subsystem ...

  • Page 302

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-38 sm sc no. Level error name/error condition/major cause/solution turn the main power off/on. Replace the controller board. Sc no. Level error name/error condition/major cause/solution sc840-00 d eeprom access error an error occurred during i/o pro...

  • Page 303

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-39 sm t rouble - shooting sc no. Level error name/error condition/major cause/solution sc842-01 b nand-flash bad block number exceeding the threshold when the status of the nand-flash was checked at power-on or when returning from energy saver mode,...

  • Page 304

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-40 sm sc no. Level error name/error condition/major cause/solution sc854-00 b bluetooth device disconnected the bluetooth hardware (usb type) was disconnected after the machine was turned on. The bluetooth hardware (usb type) was disconnected after ...

  • Page 305

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-41 sm t rouble - shooting sc no. Level error name/error condition/major cause/solution sc857-00 b usb i/f error the usb interface is unusable because of a driver error. Usb driver error (there are three causes of usb error: rx error/crc error/stall....

  • Page 306

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-42 sm sc no. Level error name/error condition/major cause/solution sc858-30 a data encryption conversion error (nvram before replace error) a serious error occurred after data conversion during an attempt to update the encryption key. Software error...

  • Page 307

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-43 sm t rouble - shooting sc no. Level error name/error condition/major cause/solution check hdd connection. Format the hdd. If there is a problem with the hdd, it has to be replaced. Sc no. Level error name/error condition/major cause/solution sc85...

  • Page 308

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-44 sm sc no. Level error name/error condition/major cause/solution check hdd connection. Format the hdd. If there is a problem with the hdd, it has to be replaced. Sc no. Level error name/error condition/major cause/solution sc860-00 b hdd startup e...

  • Page 309

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-45 sm t rouble - shooting sc no. Level error name/error condition/major cause/solution sc863-01 d hdd data read failure the data written to the hdd cannot be read normally. Bad sectors were generated during operation. (an error occurred in an area t...

  • Page 310

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-46 sm sc no. Level error name/error condition/major cause/solution sc863-02 d hdd data read failure the data written to the hdd cannot be read normally. Bad sectors were generated during operation. (an error occurred in partition "a".) guide for whe...

  • Page 311

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-47 sm t rouble - shooting sc no. Level error name/error condition/major cause/solution sc863-03 d hdd data read failure the data written to the hdd cannot be read normally. Bad sectors were generated during operation. (an error occurred in partition...

  • Page 312

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-48 sm sc no. Level error name/error condition/major cause/solution sc863-04 d hdd data read failure the data written to the hdd cannot be read normally. Bad sectors were generated during operation. (an error occurred in partition "c".) guide for whe...

  • Page 313

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-49 sm t rouble - shooting sc no. Level error name/error condition/major cause/solution sc863-05 d hdd data read failure the data written to the hdd cannot be read normally. Bad sectors were generated during operation. (an error occurred in partition...

  • Page 314

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-50 sm sc no. Level error name/error condition/major cause/solution sc863-06 d hdd data read failure the data written to the hdd cannot be read normally. Bad sectors were generated during operation. (an error occurred in partition "e".) guide for whe...

  • Page 315

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-51 sm t rouble - shooting sc no. Level error name/error condition/major cause/solution sc863-07 d hdd data read failure the data written to the hdd cannot be read normally. Bad sectors were generated during operation. (an error occurred in partition...

  • Page 316

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-52 sm sc no. Level error name/error condition/major cause/solution sc863-08 d hdd data read failure the data written to the hdd cannot be read normally. Bad sectors were generated during operation. (an error occurred in partition "g".) guide for whe...

  • Page 317

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-53 sm t rouble - shooting sc no. Level error name/error condition/major cause/solution sc863-09 d hdd data read failure the data written to the hdd cannot be read normally. Bad sectors were generated during operation. (an error occurred in partition...

  • Page 318

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-54 sm sc no. Level error name/error condition/major cause/solution sc863-10 d hdd data read failure the data written to the hdd cannot be read normally. Bad sectors were generated during operation. (an error occurred in partition "i".) guide for whe...

  • Page 319

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-55 sm t rouble - shooting sc no. Level error name/error condition/major cause/solution sc863-11 d hdd data read failure the data written to the hdd cannot be read normally. Bad sectors were generated during operation. (an error occurred in partition...

  • Page 320

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-56 sm sc no. Level error name/error condition/major cause/solution sc863-12 d hdd data read failure the data written to the hdd cannot be read normally. Bad sectors were generated during operation. (an error occurred in partition "k".) guide for whe...

  • Page 321

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-57 sm t rouble - shooting sc no. Level error name/error condition/major cause/solution sc863-13 d hdd data read failure the data written to the hdd cannot be read normally. Bad sectors were generated during operation. (an error occurred in partition...

  • Page 322

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-58 sm sc no. Level error name/error condition/major cause/solution sc863-14 d hdd data read failure the data written to the hdd cannot be read normally. Bad sectors were generated during operation. (an error occurred in partition "m".) guide for whe...

  • Page 323

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-59 sm t rouble - shooting sc no. Level error name/error condition/major cause/solution sc863-15 d hdd data read failure the data written to the hdd cannot be read normally. Bad sectors were generated during operation. (an error occurred in partition...

  • Page 324

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-60 sm sc no. Level error name/error condition/major cause/solution sc863-16 d hdd data read failure the data written to the hdd cannot be read normally. Bad sectors were generated during operation. (an error occurred in partition "o".) guide for whe...

  • Page 325

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-61 sm t rouble - shooting sc no. Level error name/error condition/major cause/solution sc863-17 d hdd data read failure the data written to the hdd cannot be read normally. Bad sectors were generated during operation. (an error occurred in partition...

  • Page 326

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-62 sm sc no. Level error name/error condition/major cause/solution sc863-18 d hdd data read failure the data written to the hdd cannot be read normally. Bad sectors were generated during operation. (an error occurred in partition "q".) guide for whe...

  • Page 327

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-63 sm t rouble - shooting sc no. Level error name/error condition/major cause/solution sc863-19 d hdd data read failure the data written to the hdd cannot be read normally. Bad sectors were generated during operation. (an error occurred in partition...

  • Page 328

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-64 sm sc no. Level error name/error condition/major cause/solution sc863-20 d hdd data read failure the data written to the hdd cannot be read normally. Bad sectors were generated during operation. (an error occurred in partition "r.) guide for when...

  • Page 329

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-65 sm t rouble - shooting sc no. Level error name/error condition/major cause/solution sc863-21 d hdd data read failure the data written to the hdd cannot be read normally. Bad sectors were generated during operation. (an error occurred in partition...

  • Page 330

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-66 sm sc no. Level error name/error condition/major cause/solution sc863-22 d hdd data read failure the data written to the hdd cannot be read normally. Bad sectors were generated during operation. (an error occurred in partition "u".) guide for whe...

  • Page 331

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-67 sm t rouble - shooting sc no. Level error name/error condition/major cause/solution sc863-23 d hdd data read failure the data written to the hdd cannot be read normally. Bad sectors were generated during operation. (an error occurred in partition...

  • Page 332

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-68 sm sc no. Level error name/error condition/major cause/solution sc864-01 d hdd data crc error during hdd operation, the hdd returned a crc error. Bad sectors were generated during operation. (an error occurred in an area that does not belong to a...

  • Page 333

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-69 sm t rouble - shooting sc no. Level error name/error condition/major cause/solution sc864-04 d hdd data crc error during hdd operation, the hdd returned a crc error. Bad sectors were generated during operation. (an error occurred in partition "c"...

  • Page 334

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-70 sm sc no. Level error name/error condition/major cause/solution sc864-07 d hdd data crc error during hdd operation, the hdd returned a crc error. Bad sectors were generated during operation. (an error occurred in partition "f".) format the hdd. ƒ...

  • Page 335

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-71 sm t rouble - shooting sc no. Level error name/error condition/major cause/solution sc864-10 d hdd data crc error during hdd operation, the hdd returned a crc error. Bad sectors were generated during operation. (an error occurred in partition "i"...

  • Page 336

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-72 sm sc no. Level error name/error condition/major cause/solution sc864-13 d hdd data crc error during hdd operation, the hdd returned a crc error. Bad sectors were generated during operation. (an error occurred in partition "l".) format the hdd. ƒ...

  • Page 337

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-73 sm t rouble - shooting sc no. Level error name/error condition/major cause/solution sc864-16 d hdd data crc error during hdd operation, the hdd returned a crc error. Bad sectors were generated during operation. (an error occurred in partition "o"...

  • Page 338

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-74 sm sc no. Level error name/error condition/major cause/solution sc864-19 d hdd data crc error during hdd operation, the hdd returned a crc error. Bad sectors were generated during operation. (an error occurred in partition "r".) format the hdd. ƒ...

  • Page 339

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-75 sm t rouble - shooting sc no. Level error name/error condition/major cause/solution sc864-22 d hdd data crc error during hdd operation, the hdd returned a crc error. Bad sectors were generated during operation. (an error occurred in partition "u"...

  • Page 340

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-76 sm sc no. Level error name/error condition/major cause/solution sc865-01 d hdd access error during hdd operation, the hdd returned an error. The hdd returned an error that does not constitute sc863 (bad sector) or sc864 (crc error). (an error occ...

  • Page 341

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-77 sm t rouble - shooting sc no. Level error name/error condition/major cause/solution sc865-03 d hdd access error during hdd operation, the hdd returned an error. The hdd returned an error that does not constitute sc863 (bad sector) or sc864 (crc e...

  • Page 342

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-78 sm sc no. Level error name/error condition/major cause/solution sc865-07 d hdd access error during hdd operation, the hdd returned an error. The hdd returned an error that does not constitute sc863 (bad sector) or sc864 (crc error). (an error occ...

  • Page 343

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-79 sm t rouble - shooting sc no. Level error name/error condition/major cause/solution sc865-10 d hdd access error during hdd operation, the hdd returned an error. The hdd returned an error that does not constitute sc863 (bad sector) or sc864 (crc e...

  • Page 344

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-80 sm sc no. Level error name/error condition/major cause/solution sc865-13 d hdd access error during hdd operation, the hdd returned an error. The hdd returned an error that does not constitute sc863 (bad sector) or sc864 (crc error). (an error occ...

  • Page 345

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-81 sm t rouble - shooting sc no. Level error name/error condition/major cause/solution sc865-16 d hdd access error during hdd operation, the hdd returned an error. The hdd returned an error that does not constitute sc863 (bad sector) or sc864 (crc e...

  • Page 346

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-82 sm sc no. Level error name/error condition/major cause/solution sc865-19 d hdd access error during hdd operation, the hdd returned an error. The hdd returned an error that does not constitute sc863 (bad sector) or sc864 (crc error). (an error occ...

  • Page 347

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-83 sm t rouble - shooting sc no. Level error name/error condition/major cause/solution sc865-22 d hdd access error during hdd operation, the hdd returned an error. The hdd returned an error that does not constitute sc863 (bad sector) or sc864 (crc e...

  • Page 348

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-84 sm sc no. Level error name/error condition/major cause/solution sc867-00 d sd card removed the sd card that starts an application was removed from the slot. The sd card that starts an application was removed from the slot (mount point of /mnt/sd0...

  • Page 349

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-85 sm t rouble - shooting sc no. Level error name/error condition/major cause/solution sc868-00 d sd card access error the sd controller returned an error during operation. (error occurred at the mount point of /mnt/sd0) sd card defective sd control...

  • Page 350

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-86 sm sc no. Level error name/error condition/major cause/solution sc868-01 d sd card access error the sd controller returned an error during operation. (error occurred at the mount point of /mnt/sd1) sd card defective sd controller defective sd car...

  • Page 351

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-87 sm t rouble - shooting sc no. Level error name/error condition/major cause/solution sc868-02 d sd card access error the sd controller returned an error during operation. (error occurred at the mount point of /mnt/sd1) sd card defective sd control...

  • Page 352

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-88 sm sc no. Level error name/error condition/major cause/solution sc870-00 b address book data error (anytime: address book error.) sc870-01 b address book data error (on startup: media required for storing the address book is missing.) sc870-02 b ...

  • Page 353

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-89 sm t rouble - shooting sc no. Level error name/error condition/major cause/solution sc870-23 b address book data error (file i/o: failed to write to file.) sc870-24 b address book data error (file i/o: failed to read file.) sc870-25 b address boo...

  • Page 354

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-90 sm sc no. Level error name/error condition/major cause/solution sc870-56 b address book data error (encryption settings: failed to erase the file that records the encryption key during an attempt to change the encryption setting.) sc870-57 b addr...

  • Page 355

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-91 sm t rouble - shooting sc no. Level error name/error condition/major cause/solution sc872-00 b hdd mail reception error an error was detected on the hdd immediately after the machine was turned on. ƒ hdd defective power was turned of while the ma...

  • Page 356

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-92 sm sc no. Level error name/error condition/major cause/solution sc875-01 d delete all error (hdd erasure) (hddchack –i error) sc875-02 d delete all error (hdd erasure) (data deletion failure) an error was detected before hdd/data erasure starts. ...

  • Page 357

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-93 sm t rouble - shooting sc no. Level error name/error condition/major cause/solution sc876-03 d log data error 3 an error was detected in the handling of the log data at power on or during machine operation. Inconsistency of encryption key between...

  • Page 358

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-94 sm sc no. Level error name/error condition/major cause/solution sc876-05 d log data error 5 an error was detected in the handling of the log data at power on or during machine operation. Only the nv-ram has been replaced with one previously used ...

  • Page 359

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-95 sm t rouble - shooting sc no. Level error name/error condition/major cause/solution sc877-00 b data overwrite security card error the "auto erase memory" function of the data overwrite security is set to on but it cannot be done. Data overwrite s...

  • Page 360

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-96 sm sc no. Level error name/error condition/major cause/solution sc878-02 d tpm error error occurred in the tpm or tpm driver. Tpm defective replace the controller board. Sc no. Level error name/error condition/major cause/solution sc878-03 d tcsd...

  • Page 361

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-97 sm t rouble - shooting sc no. Level error name/error condition/major cause/solution sc881-01 d authentication area error software error detected. This error may occur even if ic card option (erie/ayu/greenland etc.) is not installed. This is caus...

  • Page 362

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-98 sm sc9xx: miscellaneous no. Definition symptom possible cause 901 b mechanical total counter the mechanical total counter does not work properly. Defective total counter ƒ loose connection ƒ defective iob 903 b engine total counter error (d160/d1...

  • Page 363

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-99 sm t rouble - shooting no. Definition symptom possible cause 982 b localization error (d160/d161/d170) the localization settings in the nonvolatile rom and ram are different (sp5807). First machine start after the nvram is replaced. Incorrect loc...

  • Page 364

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-98 sm sc9xx: miscellaneous no. Definition symptom possible cause 901 b mechanical total counter the mechanical total counter does not work properly. Defective total counter ƒ loose connection ƒ defective iob 903 b engine total counter error (d160/d1...

  • Page 365

    Service call conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-99 sm t rouble - shooting no. Definition symptom possible cause 982 b localization error (d160/d161/d170) the localization settings in the nonvolatile rom and ram are different (sp5807). First machine start after the nvram is replaced. Incorrect loc...

  • Page 366: 5.3 Electrical

    Electrical component defects d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-100 sm 5.3 electrical component defects 5.3.1 sensors component cn condition symptom registration 123-6 (bicu) open the paper jam message will appear whenever a copy is made (paper has not reached the sensor). Shorted the paper jam message appe...

  • Page 367

    Electrical component defects d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-101 sm t rouble - shooting component cn condition symptom vertical transport 110-2 (bicu) open the paper jam message will appear whenever a copy is made from an optional paper tray unit. Shorted the paper jam message appears even if there is no...

  • Page 368

    Electrical component defects d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-102 sm component cn condition symptom exit 124-2 (bicu) open the paper jam message will appear whenever a copy is made (paper has not reached the sensor). Shorted the paper jam message appears even if there is no paper at the sensor. Toner dens...

  • Page 369

    Electrical component defects d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-103 sm t rouble - shooting component cn condition symptom platen cover (d160/d161/d170) 402-2 (sio) open aps and auto reduce/enlarge do not function correctly. Shorted if the start button is pressed with the platen cover or ardf closed, “cannot...

  • Page 370

    Electrical component defects d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-104 sm component cn condition symptom duplex entrance 143-2 (bicu) open the paper jam message will appear whenever a duplex copy is made (paper has not reached the sensor). Shorted the paper jam message appears even if there is no paper at the ...

  • Page 371

    Electrical component defects d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-105 sm t rouble - shooting 5.3.2 switches component cn condition symptom upper paper size 115- 1,2,3,5 (bicu) open the cpu cannot detect the proper paper size, and misfeeds may occur when a copy is made from the 1st paper tray. Shorted vertical...

  • Page 372: 5.4 Blown

    Blown fuse conditions d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 5-106 sm 5.4 blown fuse conditions all the fuses in the following table are on the power supply board. The fuses below are not replaceable. Fuse rating na/twn eu/aa/chn fu1 15a/250v 8a/250v fu2 8a/250v 5a/250v fu3 1a/250v 1a/250v fu4 5a/250v 5a/250v fu5...

  • Page 373: Service Tables

    Service tables r e v i s i o n h i s t o ry p a g e d a t e ad d e d / u pd a t e d / n e w none.

  • Page 375: 6.  Service Tables

    Service program mode d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 6-1 sm s er vi c e t ab les 6. Service tables 6.1 service program mode do not let the user access the sp mode. Only service representatives are allowed to access the sp mode. The machine quality or its operation is not guaranteed if persons other than se...

  • Page 376: 6.2  Firmware Update

    Firmware update d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 6-2 sm 6.2 firmware update 6.2.1 firmware update procedure (d158/d159) before you begin an sd card is a precision device. Always observe the following precautions when you handle sd cards: always switch the machine off before you insert an sd card. Never inse...

  • Page 377

    Firmware update d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 6-3 sm s er vi c e t ab les updating procedure 1. Turn the main power switch off. 2. Remove the slot cover [a] ( x 1). 3. Insert the sd card into sd card slot 2 [b]. Make sure the label on the sd card faces the front side of the machine. 4. Slowly push the sd...

  • Page 378

    Firmware update d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 6-4 sm rom/new what it means rom: tells you the number of the module and name of the version currently installed. The first line is the module number, the second line the version name. New: tells you the number of the module and name version on the sd card. T...

  • Page 379

    Firmware update d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 6-5 sm s er vi c e t ab les 6.2.2 firmware update procedure (d160/d161/d170) engine (bicu) an ic card and the bridge board [a] (with ffc [b]) are required for updating the engine firmware. 1. Acquire the update data then install it on the ic card. 2. Insert t...

  • Page 380

    Firmware update d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 6-6 sm 5. Turn the main switch on while holding down the operation switch [a] on the operation panel. 6. “boot (ic card)” appears, then switch to sp5-827-001 (program download) on the display. 7. Press “execute”. Update will start. 8. “end” appears, then conf...

  • Page 381

    Firmware update d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 6-7 sm s er vi c e t ab les gdi (printer/scanner) an sd card is used to update the controller firmware. 1. Setup a folder on the sd card, "model name”(e.G., "d161"). 2. Re-name the update file to“d161*****.Brn”, and save under the relevant folder on the sd ca...

  • Page 382

    Firmware update d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 6-8 sm 6. Turn the main power switch. "please wait…" appears. 7. Press the "ok" key 8. Press “execute”. Update will start. 9. After update is finished, turn off the main power, switch sw2 to off, and unplug the sd card. 10. Turn on the main power, then the ne...

  • Page 383

    Firmware update d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 6-9 sm s er vi c e t ab les during firmware update, there is no led indication (no lighting). When update is finished, a yellow led [a] flashes if the update was ok or a red led [b] if the update failed..

  • Page 384

    Nvram data upload/download d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 6-10 sm 6.3 nvram data upload/download 6.3.1 uploading content of nvram to an sd card (d158/d159) do the following procedure to upload sp code settings from nvram to an sd card. This data should always be uploaded to an sd card before the nvram is ...

  • Page 385

    Nvram data upload/download d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 6-11 sm s er vi c e t ab les 6.3.2 downloading an sd card to nvram (d158/d159) do the following procedure to download sp data from an sd card to the nvram in the machine. If copying of the data required for nv-ram replacement fails, you need to spe...

  • Page 386

    Nvram data upload/download d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 6-12 sm the serial number of the file on the sd card must match the serial number of the machine for the nvram data to download successfully. The download fails if the serial numbers do not match. This procedure does not download the following data...

  • Page 387: 6.4  Using Sp Modes

    Using sp modes d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 6-13 sm s er vi c e t ab les 6.4 using sp modes 6.4.1 adjusting registration and magnification to adjust the registration and magnification, you need to use several service programs. The chart shows an example of the procedure to adjust the machine in the basi...

  • Page 388

    Using sp modes d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 6-14 sm 6.4.2 display aps data (sp 4301 1) d170/d160/d161 models - sensor positions - the aps (auto paper select) sensors are arranged as shown in the diagram. - reading the data - example 1 paper size: 11000000 8 1 / 2 x13  df open: 1 example 2 paper size: 0...

  • Page 389

    Using sp modes d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 6-15 sm s er vi c e t ab les d158/d159 models there is no aps sensor (width) in the scanner unit. However, the original width can be detected by ccd. The aps sensor (length) [a] detects the original length. The bicu board checks each sensor status when the pla...

  • Page 390

    Using sp modes d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 6-16 sm 6.4.3 memory clear the basic machine (d170: the machine without the optional controller) stores all the data in the nvram on the bicu. The data is cleared by sp5-801-002 (memory clear - engine) (see exceptions). The gdi or gw+ machines (the machines wi...

  • Page 391

    Using sp modes d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 6-17 sm s er vi c e t ab les - exceptions - sp5-801-002 (memory clear - engine) clears most of the settings and counters stored in the nvram on the bicu (the values return to their default values). However, the following settings are not cleared: sp5-807-001 (...

  • Page 392

    Using sp modes d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 6-18 sm - without sd card - 1. Print out all smc data lists ( p.6-37). 2. Select sp5-801-002. 3. Press the ok key. 4. Select "execute" the messages "execute?" followed by "cancel" and "execute" show. 5. Select "execute". 6. When the program has ended normally,...

  • Page 393

    Using sp modes d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 6-19 sm s er vi c e t ab les num. Sensor/switch 00h 01h 011 duplex inverter s not detected paper detected 012 duplex entrance s not detected paper detected 013 duplex exit s not detected paper detected 014 by-pass pe s not detected paper detected 015 by-pass p...

  • Page 394

    Using sp modes d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 6-20 sm num. Sensor/switch 00h 01h 060 bypass: hp not lifted lifted 061 key card install not installed installed 071 bank: cpu-port2 *3 072 bank: cpu-port3 *3 073 bank: cpu-porta *3 074 bank: cpu-portb *3 080 adf lift up closed open 081 adf feed cover closed o...

  • Page 395

    Using sp modes d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 6-21 sm s er vi c e t ab les *1: paper size code copier 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 eu lt sef b5 sef hlt lef a3 sef a4 sef b5 lef a4 lef b4 sef na lt sef b5 sef a5 lef dlt sef a4 sef exe lt lef lgt sef by-pa ss tray 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0c 0c 10 11 18 19 ...

  • Page 396

    Using sp modes d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 6-22 sm size (w x l) [mm] aps sensor (width) aps sensor (length) 1 2 3 4 b5 a4 lg a5 lef (210 x 148) y - - - - - - dlt sef (11" x 17") y y y - y y y folio sef (11" x 15") y y y - y y y folio sef (10" x 14") y y - - y y y lg sef (8 1 / 2 " x 14") y - - - y y y ...

  • Page 397

    Using sp modes d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 6-23 sm s er vi c e t ab les input check table for copier (d158/d159) -conducting an input check - 1. Select sp5-803. 2. Select the number (see the table below) corresponding to the component. 3. Select "execute." the copy mode is activated. 4. Either "01h" or...

  • Page 398

    Using sp modes d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 6-24 sm num. Sensor/switch 00h 01h 027 front safety sw - 24v front door: open front door: closed 029 right cover open right door: closed right door: open 030 duplex fan lock locked not locked 033 fan lock locked not locked 035 main motor lock locked not locked...

  • Page 399

    Using sp modes d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 6-25 sm s er vi c e t ab les *1: table 1: paper size switch paper size bit 2 bit 1 bit 0 eu/asia na a3 sef (dlt sef) dlt sef(a3 sef) 1 0 0 b4 sef (lg sef) lg sef (b4 sef) 0 0 0 a4 sef a4 sef 0 1 1 lt sef lt sef 1 1 1 b5 sef b5 sef 1 1 0 a4 lef (lt lef) lt lef ...

  • Page 400

    Using sp modes d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 6-26 sm *3: table 3: bit meaning cpu valid bit number meaning cpu-port 2 bit:0 bank motor lock signal cpu-port 3 bit:0 paper pressure revision sensor 1 bit:2 paper pressure revision sensor 2 cpu-port a bit:0 relay sensor bit:1 paper end detection 1 bit:2 upper...

  • Page 401

    Using sp modes d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 6-27 sm s er vi c e t ab les 6.4.5 output check - conducting an output check – to prevent mechanical or electrical damage, do not keep an electrical component on for a long time. 1. Select sp5-804. 2. Select the number (see the table below) corresponding to th...

  • Page 402

    Using sp modes d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 6-28 sm num. Component (d160/d161/d170) 016 bk-lower feed clutch 017 bk-lift motor 018 bk-up lift motor up 019 bk-up lift motor down 020 duplex inv motor reverse 021 duplex inv motor forward 022 duplex trans motor 023 duplex gate solenoid 024 duplex inv motor ...

  • Page 403

    Using sp modes d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 6-29 sm s er vi c e t ab les num. Component (d160/d161/d170) 080 adf feed motor f 081 adf relay motor f 082 adf feed clutch 083 adf inverter sol 084 adf feed motor r 085 adf relay motor r 086 adf feed solenoid 087 adf stamp 202 scanner lamp 203 scanner light: ...

  • Page 404

    Using sp modes d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 6-30 sm num. Component (d158/d159) 013 interchange motor: ccw: 430.1 014 interchange motor: ccw: 474.3 015 interchange motor: ccw: 524.5 016 interchange motor: ccw: 577.3 020 toner bottle motor 021 1st tray up 022 1st tray down 023 2nd tray up 024 2nd tray dow...

  • Page 405

    Using sp modes d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 6-31 sm s er vi c e t ab les num. Component (d158/d159) 047 p sensor 048 anti-static led 049 polygon motor: high 050 polygon motor: low 051 ld on 055 by-pass cl 056 by-pass tray cl 071 bank: motor 072 bank: feed clutch 1 073 bank: feed clutch 2 074 bank: trans...

  • Page 406

    Using sp modes d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 6-32 sm 6.4.7 test pattern print d160/d161/d170 models - executing test pattern printing - 1. Turn the main switch on. 2. Start the sp mode. 3. Select sp5-902-001 (test pattern). 4. Specify the pattern number and press the ok key. 5. Press the copy start key. ...

  • Page 407

    Using sp modes d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 6-33 sm s er vi c e t ab les test patterns using vcu 14 grayscales (vertical/horizontal) 15 grayscales (vertical/horizontal overlay) 16 grayscales with white lines (horizontal) 17 grayscales with white lines (vertical) 18 grayscales with white lines (vertical/...

  • Page 408

    Using sp modes d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 6-34 sm test patterns 8 grid pattern large 9 argyle pattern small 10 argyle pattern large 11 independent pattern (1 dot) 12 independent pattern (2 dot) 13 independent pattern (4 dot) 14 trimming area 15 black band (horizontal) 16 black band (vertical) 17 check...

  • Page 409

    Using sp modes d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 6-35 sm s er vi c e t ab les 6.4.8 paper jam counters (sp 7504) the table lists the menu numbers (the last three digits of sp7-504-xxx) and the paper jam timings and locations. Code timing and locations (d160/d161/d170) 001 at power on 010 off-regist nofeed 01...

  • Page 410

    Using sp modes d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 6-36 sm code timing and locations (d160/d161/d170) 130 off-1bin exit 131 on-1bin exit code timing and locations (d158/d159) 001 paper jam loc at power on 003 paper jam loc maintray1:no feed 004 paper jam loc maintray2:no feed 005 paper jam loc bank 1: on 006 p...

  • Page 411

    Using sp modes d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 6-37 sm s er vi c e t ab les code timing and locations (d158/d159) 065 paper jam loc duplex exit: off 067 paper jam loc duplex entrance: off 6.4.9 smc print (sp 5990) sp 5990 outputs machine status lists. 1. Select sp5-990. 2. Select from the menu: d160/d161/d...

  • Page 412

    Using sp modes d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 6-38 sm 6.4.10 smc print to sd card (sp 5992) overview the smc list card save (sp text mode) function is used to save the smc list as csv files to the sd card inserted into the operation panel sd-card slot or sd card slot 2 (lower). If both the slots are in us...

  • Page 413

    Using sp modes d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 6-39 sm s er vi c e t ab les detail no. Smc categories to save 021 copier user program 022 scanner sp 023 scanner user program 024 sdk/j summary 025 sdk/j application info 026 printer sp 8. Press [execute]. 9. Press [execute] again to start. Press [cancel] to ...

  • Page 414

    Using sp modes d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 6-40 sm 11. Wait for 2 to 3 minutes until “completed” is shown. The smc list saving may take from 2 to 3 minutes to complete. Press [cancel] to abort executing. 12. Press [exit] to exit from sp mode. File names of the saved smc lists the smc list data saved on...

  • Page 415

    Using sp modes d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 6-41 sm s er vi c e t ab les 6.4.11 original jam history display (sp 7508) - viewing the copy jam history - you can view the information on the most recent 10 events. The information on older events is deleted automatically. The information on jam history is s...

  • Page 416

    Using sp modes d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 6-42 sm 6.4.12 sc history display (sp 7403) - viewing the sc history - you can view the information on the most recent 10 events. The information on older events is deleted automatically. The information on sc history is saved in the nvram. 1. Press the ok key...

  • Page 417: D158/d159/d160/d161/d170

    D158/d159/d160/d161/d170 service manual appendices.

  • Page 419: D158/d159/d160/d161/d170

    Sm appendix i d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 appendices table of contents 1. Appendix: general specifications ................................ 1-1 1.1 specifications ..................................................................................... 1-1 1.1.1 general specificati...

  • Page 420

    Specifications d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 ii sm appendix 3. Appendix: service program mode tables .................. 3-1 3.1 main sp tables-1 .................................................................................. 3-1 3.1.1 sp1-xxx (feed) .......................................................

  • Page 421: Appendix:

    Appendix: specifications r e v i s i o n h i s t o ry p a g e d a t e ad d e d / u pd a t e d / n e w none.

  • Page 423: 1.1  Specifications

    Specifications sm appendix 1-1 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s p e c ifi c a ti o n s 1. Appendix: general specifications 1.1 specifications 1.1.1 general specifications configuration: desktop photosensitivity type: opc drum original scanning: one-dimensional solid-state scanning system ...

  • Page 424

    Specifications d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 1-2 sm appendix copy paper weight: paper tray: 60–105 g/m 2 , 16–28 lb. Bypass: 52–162 g/m 2 , 14–43 lb. Missing image area: leading edge: 3 ± 2 mm (0.12" ± 0.08") trailing edge: 3 ± 2 mm (0.12" ± 0.08") (4.2 ± 2 mm (0.17" ± 0.08") for even pages when using th...

  • Page 425

    Specifications sm appendix 1-3 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s p e c ifi c a ti o n s zoom: 25 % to 200 %, in 1 % steps continuous copying count: 1-99 copies copy paper capacity: paper tray: 250 sheets (d158/d160/d170) (80 g/m 2 , 20 lb.) 250 sheets x 2 (d159/d161) (80 g/m 2 , 20 lb.) by...

  • Page 426

    Specifications d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 1-4 sm appendix memory: d158/d159: 1024 mb d158/d159: 1536 mb (with expanded memory) d160/d161/d170: 128 mb power source: taiwan: 110v 60hz 13a north and south america: 120 - 127v 60hz 12a europe, asia, china: 220v - 240v 50/60hz 8a power consumption: complete...

  • Page 427

    Specifications sm appendix 1-5 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s p e c ifi c a ti o n s weight: d158 less than 45 kg (99.2 lb) d159/d161 less than 47 kg (103.6 lb) d160 less than 37 kg (81.6 lb) d170 less than 35 kg (77.2 lb) duplex (d158/d159/d160/d161 only) paper size: a3 lef, b4 jis lef...

  • Page 428

    Supported paper sizes d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 1-6 sm appendix 1.2 supported paper sizes 1.2.1 original size detection d160/d161/d170 models size (w x l) [mm] na eu/asia/oceania china platen ardf platen ardf platen ardf a3 sef (297 x 420) - y y y y *1 b4 sef (257 x 364) - - y y y *1 a4 sef (210 x 29...

  • Page 429

    Supported paper sizes sm appendix 1-7 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s p e c ifi c a ti o n s size (w x l) [mm] na eu/asia/oceania china hlt lef (8 1 / 2 " x 5 1 / 2 ") y *3 y - - - - f sef (8" x 13") - - y *4 y *4 - y *4 foolscap sef (8 1 / 2 " x 13") - y *2 y *4 y *4 - y *4 folio sef (8...

  • Page 430

    Supported paper sizes d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 1-8 sm appendix d158/d159 models size (w x l) [mm] na eu/asia/oceania/tw/china platen ardf platen ardf a3 sef (297 x 420) - y y *1 y b4 sef (257 x 364) - - y *1 y a4 sef (210 x 297) y *1 y y *1 y a4 lef (297 x 210) y *1 y y *1 y b5 sef (182 x 257) - - y...

  • Page 431

    Supported paper sizes sm appendix 1-9 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s p e c ifi c a ti o n s size (w x l) [mm] na eu/asia/oceania/tw/china platen ardf platen ardf foolscap sef (8 1 / 2 " x 13") - y *2 y *4 y *4 folio sef (8 1 / 4 " x 13") - - y *4 y *4 folio sef (11" x 15") - y *2 - - fo...

  • Page 432

    Supported paper sizes d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 1-10 sm appendix 1.2.2 paper feed mainframe, bank (optional paper trays), bypass tray size (w x l) [mm] mainframe tray bank bypass-tray na eu/ asia/ tw na eu/ asia/ tw na eu/ asia/ tw a3 sef (297 x 420) s a s a m m a4 sef (210 x 297) a a a a m m a4 lef ...

  • Page 433

    Supported paper sizes sm appendix 1-11 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s p e c ifi c a ti o n s size (w x l) [mm] mainframe tray bank bypass-tray na eu/ asia/ tw na eu/ asia/ tw na eu/ asia/ tw lt lef (11" x 8 1 / 2 ") a s a s m m gov. Lg sef (8 1 / 4 " x 14") m m m m m m folio sef (8 1 / ...

  • Page 434

    Supported paper sizes d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 1-12 sm appendix monarch sef (3 7 / 8 " x 7 1 / 2 ") - - - - m m c5 sef (162 x 229) - - - - m m c5 lef (229 x 162) - - - - m m c6 env sef (114 x 162) - - - - m m dl env sef (110 x 220) - - - - m m 8k sef (267 x 390 ) m m m m m 16k sef (195 x 267 ) m m m...

  • Page 435

    Supported paper sizes sm appendix 1-13 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s p e c ifi c a ti o n s 1.2.3 paper exit main: mainframe / 1-bin: 1-bin tray (d158/d159 only) size (w x l) [mm] main 1-bin a3 sef (297 x 420) a a a4 sef (210 x 297) a a a4 lef (297 x 210) a a a5 sef (148 x 210) a a a5 ...

  • Page 436

    Supported paper sizes d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 1-14 sm appendix size (w x l) [mm] main 1-bin eng quatro lef (10" x 8") a a executive sef (7.25" x 10.5") a a executive lef (10.5" x 7.25") a a half letter sef (5.5" x 8.5") a a half letter lef (8.5" x 5.5") a a com10 sef (4.125" x 9.5") a - monarch sef...

  • Page 437: 1.3  Software Accessories

    Software accessories sm appendix 1-15 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s p e c ifi c a ti o n s 1.3 software accessories the printer drivers and utility software are provided on one cd-rom. An auto-run installer allows you to select which components to install. 1.3.1 printer drivers d158/d1...

  • Page 438

    Software accessories d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 1-16 sm appendix d160/d160/d170 printer language windows xp *1*6 windows vista *2*6 windows 7 *3*6 pcl 5c/6 no no no gdi yes yes yes ps3 no no no printer language windows server 2003 *4*6 windows server 2008 or later *5*6 macintosh *7 pcl 5c/6 no no no g...

  • Page 439

    Software accessories sm appendix 1-17 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s p e c ifi c a ti o n s 1.3.2 scanner and lan fax drivers d158/d159 driver windows xp *1*6 windows vista *2*6 windows 7 *3*6 network twain yes yes yes lan-fax yes yes yes driver windows server 2003 *4*6 windows server 2...

  • Page 440

    Software accessories d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 1-18 sm appendix d160/d161/d170 driver windows xp *1*6 windows vista *2*6 windows 7 *3*6 network twain yes: d160, d161 no:d170 yes: d160, d161 no:d170 yes: d160, d161 no:d170 lan-fax no no no driver windows server 2003 *4*6 windows server 2008 or later *...

  • Page 441: 1.4  Optional Equipment

    Optional equipment sm appendix 1-19 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s p e c ifi c a ti o n s 1.4 optional equipment 1.4.1 ardf (d724) original size: standard sizes single-sided mode: a3 to a5, 11" x 17" to 5 1 / 2 " x 8 1 / 2 " double-sided mode: a3 to a5, 11" x 17" to 5 1 / 2 " x 8 1 / 2 ...

  • Page 442

    Optional equipment d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 1-20 sm appendix 1.4.2 ardf (d684) original size: standard sizes (single-sided mode only): a3 to b6, 11" x 17" to 5 1 / 2 " x 8 1 / 2 " non-standard sizes (single-sided mode only): max. Width 297 mm min. Width 128 mm max. Length 1,260 mm min. Length 128 mm...

  • Page 443

    Optional equipment sm appendix 1-21 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s p e c ifi c a ti o n s 1.4.3 one-tray paper tray unit paper size : a5 to a3, 5 1 / 2 " x 8 1 / 2 " sef to 11" x 17" paper weight: 60 – 105 g/m 2 , 16 – 28 lb tray capacity: 500 sheets (80 g/m 2 , 20 lb) x 1 tray 570 shee...

  • Page 444

    Optional equipment d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 1-22 sm appendix 1.4.4 two-tray paper tray unit paper size : a5 to a3, 5 1 / 2 " x 8 1 / 2 " sef to 11" x 17" paper weight: 60 – 105 g/m 2 , 16 – 28 lb tray capacity: 500 sheets (80 g/m 2 , 20 lb) x 2 trays 570 sheets (67 g/m 2 , 20 lb) x 2 trays paper fee...

  • Page 445

    Optional equipment sm appendix 1-23 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s p e c ifi c a ti o n s 1.4.5 one-bin tray paper size: width: 140 ~ 297 mm length: 140 – 432 mm output standard position: center paper weight: 60 – 105 g/m², 16 – 28 lb tray capacity: 100 sheets (a4 lef 80 g/m 2 , 20 lb) ...

  • Page 447: Appendix:

    Appendix: pm tables.

  • Page 449: 2.  Appendix: Pm Tables

    Maintenance tables sm appendix 2-1 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : p m t ab les 2. Appendix: pm tables 2.1 maintenance tables 2.1.1 preventive maintenance items chart: a4 (lt)/5% mode: 2 copies / original (prints/job) ratio 20% environment: normal temperature and humidity yield may change ...

  • Page 450

    Maintenance tables d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-2 sm appendix item 60k 120k 180k em remarks pcu i opc drum r replace parts every 60k charge roller r charge roller cleaning roller r drum cleaning blade r pick-off pawls r transfer transfer rollers r static charge needle r id sensor c c blower brush or d...

  • Page 451

    Maintenance tables sm appendix 2-3 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : p m t ab les item 60k 120k 180k em remarks fusing exit guide plates c washed with alcohol after cleaning with oa cleaner. Bearing c lubricate if necessary. Paper path registration roller c c damp cloth registration sensor c...

  • Page 452

    Maintenance tables d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-4 sm appendix item 60k 120k 180k em remarks feed rollers c blower brush or dry cloth separate roller c blower brush or dry cloth paper path (duplex) duplex rollers c damp cloth duplex entrance sensor c blower brush or dry cloth duplex exit sensor c blowe...

  • Page 453

    Maintenance tables sm appendix 2-5 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : p m t ab les mainframe (d170, d160, d161) item 60k 120k 180k em remarks scanner platen cover c i replace the platen sheet if necessary. Blower brush or alcohol exposure glass c c blower brush or alcohol toner shield glass c...

  • Page 454

    Maintenance tables d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-6 sm appendix item 60k 120k 180k em remarks fusing hot roller r/c lubricate the bearings, when replacing hot roller. Pressure roller r fusing thermistors r hot roller stripper pawls c r washed with alcohol after cleaning with oa cleaner. Cleaning roller ...

  • Page 455

    Maintenance tables sm appendix 2-7 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : p m t ab les item 60k 120k 180k em remarks paper path registration roller c c damp cloth registration sensor c blower brush or dry cloth registration roller dust blade c c blower brush feed rollers (tray) r c damp cloth fri...

  • Page 456

    Maintenance tables d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 2-8 sm appendix item 60k 120k 180k em remarks paper path (duplex) duplex rollers c damp cloth duplex entrance sensor c blower brush or dry cloth duplex exit sensor c blower brush or dry cloth output exit roller c damp cloth reverse roller c damp cloth reve...

  • Page 457: Appendix:

    Appendix: service program mode tables r e v i s i o n h i s t o ry p a g e d a t e a d d e d / u pd a t e d / n ew 95 07/15/2013 added sp 5305-101 auto off set 181 07/15/2013 added sp 5900-001 id card copy mode 241 7/11/2014 sp8801 toner remain.

  • Page 459: 3.1  Main Sp Tables-1

    Main sp tables-1 sm appendix 3-1 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 3. Appendix: service program mode tables 3.1 main sp tables-1 3.1.1 sp1-xxx (feed) 1001 [leading edge registration] (d158/d159) [le regist] (d160/d161/d170) leading edge registration a...

  • Page 460

    Main sp tables-1 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-2 sm appendix 1002 [side-to-side registration] (d158/d159) [s-to-s regist] (d160/d161/d170) adjusts the printing side-to-side registration from each paper feed station, using the trimming area pattern (sp 5902, no.10). Adjustments are supported for all 4 p...

  • Page 461

    Main sp tables-1 sm appendix 3-3 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 014 by-pass: thick *eng [-9 to 5 / 0 / 1 mm / step] 018 duplex: plain *eng [-9 to 5 / 0 / 1 mm / step] 019 duplex: middle thick *eng [-9 to 5 / 0 / 1 mm / step] 020 duplex: thick *eng ...

  • Page 462

    Main sp tables-1 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-4 sm appendix 004 temp: cold: center (temp: cold: cen) *eng [100 to 150 / 125 / 1 deg / step] 005 temp: cold: end (temp:cold:ends) *eng [100 to 150 / 125 / 1 deg / step] 1105 [fusing temperature adjustment] (d158/d159) [fusing temp adj] (d160/d161/d170) ad...

  • Page 463

    Main sp tables-1 sm appendix 3-5 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 010 roller ends: thin (d158/d159) *eng [100 to 200 / 135 / 1 deg / step] 011 energy saver *eng [100 to 200 / 135 / 1 deg / step] 012 wait temp: center (wait temp:cen) *eng [100 to 200 ...

  • Page 464

    Main sp tables-1 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-6 sm appendix 025 waiting: center lower:plain1: ends (d158/d159) *eng [0 to 60 / 60 / 1 deg / step] 026 waiting: center lower:plain2: center (lower:pl2:cen) *eng [0 to 60 / 60 / 1 deg / step] 027 waiting: center lower:plain2: ends (lower:pl:ends) *eng [0 t...

  • Page 465

    Main sp tables-1 sm appendix 3-7 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 036 waiting: center upper: m-thick: center (d158/d159) *eng [0 to 60 / 40 / 1 deg / step] 037 waiting: center upper: m-thick: ends(d158/d159) *eng [0 to 60 / 40 / 1 deg / step] 038 wai...

  • Page 466

    Main sp tables-1 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-8 sm appendix 1106 [fusing temperature display] fusing temperature display (heating or pressure) displays the current temperature of the heating and pressure rollers. 001 roller center eng [-20 to 250 / 0 / 1 deg / step] 002 roller ends eng [-20 to 250 / 0...

  • Page 467

    Main sp tables-1 sm appendix 3-9 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 1110 [fan control timer] (d160/d161/d170) specifies the fan control time. The fan motor keeps its operating speed for the specified time before changing the speed or stopping. The fan ...

  • Page 468

    Main sp tables-1 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-10 sm appendix 007 high:2nd cpm :plain1 (high:2nd cpm:20) *eng [10 to 100 / d158/d160/d161/d170:60, d159:50 / 1%/step] 008 high:3rd cpm (high:3rd cpm:20) *eng [10 to 100 / d158/d160/d161/d170:60, d159:50 / 5%/step] 009 high:1st cpm down temp.:a3 (high:1st ...

  • Page 469

    Main sp tables-1 sm appendix 3-11 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 016 high:2nd cpm down temp.:b5 (high:2nd down:b5) *eng [100 to 250 / 205 / 1 deg / step] 017 high:3rd cpm down temp.: b5 (high:3rd down:b5) *eng [100 to 250 / 205 / 1 deg / step] 018 ...

  • Page 470

    Main sp tables-1 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-12 sm appendix 026 high:1st cpm:25 (d160/d161/d170) *eng [10 to 100 / 50 / 1 % / step] 027 high:2nd cpm:25 (d160/d161/d170) *eng [10 to 100 / 50 / 1 % / step] 028 high:3rd cpm:25 (d160/d161/d170) *eng [10 to 100 / 50 / 1 % / step] 1152 [fusing nip band che...

  • Page 471

    Main sp tables-1 sm appendix 3-13 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s directly reflects the adjusted value. 011 duplex:high(d158/d159) *eng [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 % / step] directly reflects the adjusted value 024 reverse:low(d158/d159) *eng [-4.0 to ...

  • Page 472

    Main sp tables-1 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-14 sm appendix 1907 [paper feed timing adj.] adjusts the timing of paper feed. (a "+" setting broadens paper feed interval, a “-” setting narrows paper feed interval.) 005 inverter stop position (inverter stop pos) *eng [-10 to 10 / 0 / 1 mm / step] 006 in...

  • Page 473

    Main sp tables-1 sm appendix 3-15 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 023 main2 plate paper end (main2 plate end) *eng [-500 to 500 / 0 / 20 msec / step] 032 bank1 feed timing adj c4b (typeb bank1) *eng [-20 to 0 / 0 / 1mm / step] 033 bank2 feed timing ...

  • Page 474

    Main sp tables-1 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-16 sm appendix 002 2nd optional (d160/d161/d170) *eng [-2 to 2 / 0 / 1 / step] adjusts the paper feeding pressure for 2nd optional tray. -2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 0 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - +2 low pewssure high pressure (uses when d...

  • Page 475

    Main sp tables-1 sm appendix 3-17 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 1991 [max fusing lamp duty] (d158/d159) [max fusing lp duty] (d160/d161/d170) - 001 roller center *eng [40 to 100 / 100 / 10 % / step] 002 roller ends *eng [40 to 100 / 100 / 10 % / s...

  • Page 476: 3.2  Main Sp Tables-2

    Main sp tables-2 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-18 sm appendix 3.2 main sp tables-2 3.2.1 sp2-xxx (drum) 2001 [charge roller bias adjust] (d158/d159) [cr bias adj] (d160/d161/d170) - 001 setting (copying) (printing) *eng [-2100 to -1500 / -1600 / 10 vol / step] adjusts the voltage applied to the charge ...

  • Page 477

    Main sp tables-2 sm appendix 3-19 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 2005 [charge bias correction] (d158/d159) [cr bias vsdp] (d160/d161/d170) 001 vsdp min (min) *eng [0 to 100 / 90 / 1 % / step] sets the minimum value of vsdp. 002 vsdp max (max) *eng ...

  • Page 478

    Main sp tables-2 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-20 sm appendix 2103 [erase margin adjustment] (area, paper size) (d158/d159) adjusts the erase margin by deleting image data at the margins. 001 lead edge *eng [0.0 to 9.0 / 3.0 / 0.1 mm / step] directly reflects the adjusted value 002 trailing edge *eng [...

  • Page 479

    Main sp tables-2 sm appendix 3-21 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 2109 [test pattern] (d158/d159) generates the test pattern using "copy window" tab in the lcd. 001 pattern selection eng [0 to 21 / 0 / 1 / step] 0: none 1: vertical line (1dot) 2: ve...

  • Page 480

    Main sp tables-2 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-22 sm appendix 2201 [development bias adjust] (d158/d159) [dv bias adj] (d160/d161/d170) - 001 printing *eng [-1500 to 0 / -550 / 10 v / step] adjusts the voltage applied to the development roller for printing. Image density becomes higher when you specify...

  • Page 481

    Main sp tables-2 sm appendix 3-23 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 2210 [bias off time] (d158/d159) - 001 charge bias *eng [10 to 150 / 100 / 10 / step] 002 development bias *eng [10 to 200 / 90 / 10 / step] 2211 [pcu reverse interval] stops printing...

  • Page 482

    Main sp tables-2 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-24 sm appendix 2220 [process data dilay] (d158/d159) [id error analysis] (d160/d161/d170) displays: a) vt: the current td sensor output value and b) vref: the target td output value vts (sp2-926) + correction for id sensor output. The td sensor output valu...

  • Page 483

    Main sp tables-2 sm appendix 3-25 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 008 plain:1side:lead edge *eng [-8 to 8 / 0 / 1 ua / step] 009 plain:1side:trail edge *eng [-8 to 8 / 0 / 1 ua / step] 010 plain:2side:image area *eng [-8 to 8 / 0 / 1 ua / step] 011 ...

  • Page 484

    Main sp tables-2 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-26 sm appendix 2301 [tr current adj] (d160/d161/d170) - 001 normal paper *eng [-2 to 2 / 0 / 1 / step] adjusts the current applied to the transfer roller when feeding from a paper tray. Use a high setting if the user normally feeds relatively thick paper (...

  • Page 485

    Main sp tables-2 sm appendix 3-27 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 2302 [transfer switch timing] (d158/d159) 001 lead edge *eng [-10 to 10 / 0 / 1 mm / step] sets to change the image transfer electric current position that is based on the fgate asser...

  • Page 486

    Main sp tables-2 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-28 sm appendix 004 deterioration coverage sum threshold *eng [0 to 30000 / 18700 / 1cm^2 / step] controls special mode in low image when this value is reached more than sp2-401-003. 005 charge bias correction *eng [-300 to 0 / -50 / 10 vol / step] adds thi...

  • Page 487

    Main sp tables-2 sm appendix 3-29 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 2802 [developer mixing] (d158/d159) [force devlpchurn] (d160/d161/d170) 001 - eng [- / - / -] [execute] initializes the developer and checks the td sensor output (vt). The machine mix...

  • Page 488

    Main sp tables-2 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-30 sm appendix 2901 [separation voltage adjust] (d158/d159) 001 1side:lead edge *eng [0 to 4000 / 0 / 100 –v / step] used to improve the separation of the 1side. 002 1side:image area *eng [0 to 4000 / 0 / 100 -v / step] used to improve the separation of th...

  • Page 489

    Main sp tables-2 sm appendix 3-31 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 2908 [forced toner supply] (d158/d159) [force toner supp] (d160/d161/d170) 001 number of sheets (force toner supp) eng [- / - / -] [execute] supplies the toner to the development unit...

  • Page 490

    Main sp tables-2 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-32 sm appendix 2922 [toner supply time [sec]] (d158/d159) [toner supply time] (d160/d161/d170) adjusts the toner supply time. The toner supply motor remains on for the specified time. To validate this setting, select "0" in sp2-921-001. Specify a greater v...

  • Page 491

    Main sp tables-2 sm appendix 3-33 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 2926 [standard vt] dfu sets reference value of t sensor control to control toner density. This sp clears sp2-224-001: copies after toner near end 001 - *eng [0.00 to 5.00 / d158/d159:...

  • Page 492

    Main sp tables-2 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-34 sm appendix 2929 [vref adjustment] (d158/d159) [vtref limits] (d160/d161/d170) adjust the upper or lower vref limit. 001 upper limit (upper) *eng [0.50 to 3.50 / d158/d159:2.80, d160/d161/d170:2.45 / 0.05 vol / step] 002 lower limit (lower) *eng [0.50 t...

  • Page 493

    Main sp tables-2 sm appendix 3-35 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 2933 [id sensor control correction] (d158/d159) [id sensor adj] (d160/d161/d170) adjusts the correction value for p sensor. This sp is design use only and do not change. 001 - *eng [0...

  • Page 494

    Main sp tables-2 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-36 sm appendix 2992 [after id sensor error] (d158/d159) displays sc after the limit number of copies printed when id sensor error is occurred. 001 copies limit *eng [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / step] 0: 100 1: 200 2995 [id sensor detection] (d158/d159) 001 interval w...

  • Page 495

    Main sp tables-2 sm appendix 3-37 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 2996 [transfer roller cleaning] (d158/d159) [t roller cleaning] (d160/d161/d170) 001 function select (t roller cleaning) *eng [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / step] 0: off 1: on selects the transfer...

  • Page 496: 3.3  Main Sp Tables-3

    Main sp tables-3 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-38 sm appendix 3.3 main sp tables-3 3.3.1 sp3-xxx (process) there are no group 3 sp modes for this machine..

  • Page 497: 3.4  Main Sp Tables-4

    Main sp tables-4 sm appendix 3-39 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 3.4 main sp tables-4 3.4.1 sp4-xxx (scanner) 4008 [sub scan magnification adj] (d158/d159) [sub scan mag] (d160/d161/d170) adjusts the sub-scan magnification by changing the scanner m...

  • Page 498

    Main sp tables-4 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-40 sm appendix 4012 [set scale mask] (d158/d159) [scan erase margin] (d160/d161/d170) adjusts scanning margins for the leading and trailing edges (sub scan) and right and left edge (main scan). Do not adjust unless the customer desires a scanner margin gre...

  • Page 499

    Main sp tables-4 sm appendix 3-41 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 4013 [scanner free run] performs a scanner free run with the exposure lamp on or off. 001 book mode: lamp off (scanner free run) eng [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / step] 0:off, 1:on 002 book mode:...

  • Page 500

    Main sp tables-4 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-42 sm appendix 4301 [operation check] (d158/d159) [display-aps data] (d160/d161/d170) displays the size detected by aps sensor which is in the scanner unit. 001 aps sensor (display-aps data) eng d158/d159 [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 / step] d160/d161/d170 [0 to 0xff...

  • Page 501

    Main sp tables-4 sm appendix 3-43 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 4305 [aps priority] (d160/d161/d170) 0: normal detection 1: lt sef lef - a4 sef lef(us) a4 sef lef - lt sef lef(except us/chn) a3 sef,b4 sef – 8k sef(chn) a4 sef,b5 sef – 16k sef(chn)...

  • Page 502

    Main sp tables-4 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-44 sm appendix 4310 [scan size detect value] (d158/d159) checks the density of scanning data for the scan size detection. 001 s1:r eng [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 digit / step] 002 s1:g eng [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 digit / step] 003 s1:b eng [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 digit / step]...

  • Page 503

    Main sp tables-4 sm appendix 3-45 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 4351 [intermittent shading: color] (d158/d159) - 001 switch on/off eng [0 or 1 / 1 / 1 / step] 002 interval 1 eng [0 to 65535 / 180 / 1 sec / step] 003 interval 1 times eng [1 to 60 /...

  • Page 504

    Main sp tables-4 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-46 sm appendix 4417 [ipu test pattern] (d158/d159) selects the ipu test pattern. 001 test pattern eng [0 to 8 / 0 / 1 / step] - 0 scanned image 5 slant grid pattern c 1 gradation main scan a 6 slant grid pattern d 2 patch 16c 7 scanned+slant grid c 3 grid ...

  • Page 505

    Main sp tables-4 sm appendix 3-47 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s uses or does not use the shading image path. 4460 [digital ae] (d158/d159) adjusts the background level. 001 lower limit:value *eng [0 to 1023 / 364 / 1 / step] 002 background level *...

  • Page 506

    Main sp tables-4 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-48 sm appendix 4552 [scan apli:txt dropout] (d158/d159) sets the text dropout color mtf level of the scanner application. 005 mtf: 0(off) 1-15 (weak-strong) *eng [0 to 15 / 8 / 1 / step] 006 smoothing: 0(x1) 1-7 (weak-strong) *eng [0 to 7 / 4 / 1 / step] 0...

  • Page 507

    Main sp tables-4 sm appendix 3-49 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 4554 [scan apli:photo] (d158/d159) sets the photo mtf level of the scanner application. 005 mtf: 0(off) 1-15 (weak-strong) *eng [0 to 15 / 8 / 1 / step] 006 smoothing: 0(x1) 1-7 (weak...

  • Page 508

    Main sp tables-4 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-50 sm appendix 4570 [scan apli:col txt/photo] (d158/d159) sets the color text/photo mtf level of the scanner application. 005 mtf: 0(off) 1-15 (weak-strong) *eng [0 to 15 / 8 / 1 / step] 006 smoothing: 0(x1) 1-7 (weak-strong) *eng [0 to 7 / 4 / 1 / step] 0...

  • Page 509

    Main sp tables-4 sm appendix 3-51 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 007 brightness: 1-255 *eng [1 to 255 / 128 / 1 / step] 008 contrast: 1-255 *eng [1 to 255 / 128 / 1 / step] 009 ind dot erase: 0(off) 1-7 (weak-strong) *eng [0 to 7 / 0 / 1 / step] 45...

  • Page 510

    Main sp tables-4 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-52 sm appendix 4582 [fax apli:txt/photo] (d158/d159) sets the text/photo mtf level of the fax application. 005 mtf: 0(off) 1-15 (weak-strong) *eng [0 to 15 / 8 / 1 / step] 006 smoothing: 0(x1) 1-7 (weak-strong) *eng [0 to 7 / 4 / 1 / step] 007 brightness: ...

  • Page 511

    Main sp tables-4 sm appendix 3-53 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 4584 [fax apli:original 1] (d158/d159) sets the original 1 mtf level of the fax application. 005 mtf: 0(off) 1-15 (weak-strong) *eng [0 to 15 / 8 / 1 / step] 006 smoothing: 0(x1) 1-7 ...

  • Page 512

    Main sp tables-4 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-54 sm appendix 4600 [sbu version display] (d158/d159) - 001 sbu id eng [0x00 to 0xff / 0 / 1/ step] 002 scat id eng [0x00 to 0xff / 0 / 1 / step] 4602 [scanner memory access] (d158/d159) enables the read and write check for the sbu registers. 001 scanner m...

  • Page 513

    Main sp tables-4 sm appendix 3-55 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 4609 [gray balance set: r] displays the adjustment value of the gray balance for red. 001 book scan *eng d158/d159 [-384 to 255 / -100 / 1 digit / step] d160/d161/d170 [128 to 383 / 2...

  • Page 514

    Main sp tables-4 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-56 sm appendix 4611 [gray balance set: b] displays the adjustment value of the gray balance for blue. 001 book scan *eng d158/d159 [-384 to 255 / -100 / 1 digit / step] d160/d161/d170 [128 to 383 / 256 / 1 / step] 002 df scan *eng d158/d159 [-384 to 255 / ...

  • Page 515

    Main sp tables-4 sm appendix 3-57 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 4637 [sscg corection value (ana.)] dfu (d158/d159) - 001 latest: re eng [-31 to 31 / 0 / 1 digit / step] 002 latest: ro eng [-31 to 31 / 0 / 1 digit / step] 003 latest: ge eng [-31 to...

  • Page 516

    Main sp tables-4 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-58 sm appendix 4639 [sscg corection value (ana.)] dfu (d158/d159) - 001 factory setting: re *eng [-31 to 31 / 0 / 1 digit / step] 002 factory setting: ro *eng [-31 to 31 / 0 / 1 digit / step] 003 factory setting: ge *eng [-31 to 31 / 0 / 1 digit / step] 00...

  • Page 517

    Main sp tables-4 sm appendix 3-59 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 4641 [sscg noise amplitude] (d158/d159) - 001 re eng [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1 digit / step] 002 ro eng [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1 digit / step] 003 ge eng [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1 digit / step] 004 go en...

  • Page 518

    Main sp tables-4 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-60 sm appendix 4646 [scan adjust error] (d158/d159) [scan adj error] (d160/d161/d170) displays the error value of the scanning adjustment. 001 white level eng d158/d159 [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1 / step] d160/d161/d170 [0 to 127 / 0 / 1 / step] 002 black level en...

  • Page 519

    Main sp tables-4 sm appendix 3-61 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 4652 [black level adj. Value (ana.)] (d158/d159) - 001 latest: ge eng [0 to 127 / 0 / 1 digit / step] 002 latest: go eng [0 to 127 / 0 / 1 digit / step] 4653 [black level adj. Value (...

  • Page 520

    Main sp tables-4 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-62 sm appendix 4655 [black level adj. Value (dig.)] (d158/d159) displays the last correct adjustment value of the black level. Ge: green even signal, go: green odd signal bke: black even signal, bko: black odd signal 001 latest: ge eng displays the black o...

  • Page 521

    Main sp tables-4 sm appendix 3-63 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 4659 [analog gain adjust] (d158/d159) - 001 latest: g *eng [0 to 14 / 0 / 1 digit / step] 4660 [analog gain adjust] (d158/d159) - 001 latest: b *eng [0 to 14 / 0 / 1 digit / step] 466...

  • Page 522

    Main sp tables-4 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-64 sm appendix 4670 [black level adj. Value (ana.)] (d158/d159) - 001 factory setting: re *eng [0 to 127 / 0 / 1 digit / step] 002 factory setting: ro *eng [0 to 127 / 0 / 1 digit / step] 4671 [black level adj. Value (ana.)] (d158/d159) displays the factor...

  • Page 523

    Main sp tables-4 sm appendix 3-65 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 4674 [black level adj. Value (dig.)] (d158/d159) displays the factory setting values of the black level. Ge: green even signal, go: green odd signal 001 factory setting: ge *eng displ...

  • Page 524

    Main sp tables-4 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-66 sm appendix 4678 [analog gain adjust] (d158/d159) - 001 factory setting: g *eng [0 to 14 / 0 / 1 digit / step] 4679 [analog gain adjust] (d158/d159) - 001 factory setting: b *eng [0 to 14 / 0 / 1 digit / step] 4680 [analog gain adjust] (d158/d159) - 001...

  • Page 525

    Main sp tables-4 sm appendix 3-67 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 4688 [df density adjustment] (d158/d159) [scan image density] (d160/d161/d170) adjust the density difference in the adf and the book. 001 (ardf) *eng d158/d159 [80 to 120 / 106 / 1 % ...

  • Page 526

    Main sp tables-4 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-68 sm appendix 4692 [white level peak read] (d158/d159) [white level peak] (d160/d161/d170) displays the peak level of the white level scanning. Be: blue even signal, bo: blue odd signal 001 be (blue) eng d158/d159 [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1 digit / step] d160/d16...

  • Page 527

    Main sp tables-4 sm appendix 3-69 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 4695 [black level peak read] (d158/d159) displays the peak level of the black level scanning. Be: blue even signal, bo: blue odd signal 001 be eng [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1 digit / step] 002...

  • Page 528

    Main sp tables-4 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-70 sm appendix 4803 [home position adj value] (d158/d159) [home position adj] (d160/d161/d170) - 001 - *eng adjusts the scanner home position. [-2.0 to 2.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm / step] 4804 [home position operation] (d158/d159) - 001 home position operation eng ...

  • Page 529

    Main sp tables-4 sm appendix 3-71 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 4850 [pmw] (d158/d159) - 001 latest *eng [0 to 8191 / 0 / 1 digit / step] 002 factory setting *eng [0 to 8191 / 0 / 1 digit / step] 4850 [led lighting duty:c] (d160/d161/d170) - 001 l...

  • Page 530

    Main sp tables-4 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-72 sm appendix 006 latest: bo (last:blue) *eng d158/d159 [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1 digit / step] d160/d161/d170 [0 to 16383 / 1360 / 1 / step] 4852 [led white level peak read] (d158/d159) [led lighting duty:c] (d160/d161/d170) - 001 factory setting: bo (fact:red)...

  • Page 531

    Main sp tables-4 sm appendix 3-73 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 4903 [filter setting] (d158/d159 ) this sp outputs the final data read at the end of acc execution. A zero is returned if there was an error reading the data. 001 ind dot erase: text ...

  • Page 532

    Main sp tables-4 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-74 sm appendix 4918 [man gamma adj] (dfu) (d158/d159 ) adjusts the manual gamma for copy/photo or copy/text with the soft keys on the operation panel. 009 man gamma adj eng [- / - / -] 4921 [image adj select] (d160/d161/d170) 001 copy *eng [0 to 10 / 0 / 1...

  • Page 533

    Main sp tables-4 sm appendix 3-75 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 4926 [texture removal] (d160/d161/d170) 001 copy *eng [0 to 6 / 0 / 1 / step] adjusts the texture removal level that is used with error diffusion. 0: the default value for each mode i...

  • Page 534

    Main sp tables-4 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-76 sm appendix 4930 [sharpness-edge] (d160/d161/d170) 001 copy *eng [-2 to 2 / 0 / 1 / step] adjust the clarity. This setting is only applied to the originals in sp4-921. 4931 [sharpness-solid] (d160/d161/d170) 001 copy *eng [-2 to 2 / 0 / 1 / step] adjust...

  • Page 535

    Main sp tables-4 sm appendix 3-77 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 4954 [read/restore:std] (d158/d159 ) reads or restores the standard chart. 005 chroma rank *eng restores the standard chromaticity rank. [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 / step] 4991 [ipu image pass...

  • Page 536

    Main sp tables-4 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-78 sm appendix 4994 [adj txt/photo recog level] (d158/d159 ) selects the definition level between text and photo for high compression pdf. 001 high compression pdf *eng [0 to 2 / 1 / 1 / step] 4996 [white paper detection level] (d158/d159 ) - 001 - *eng [0...

  • Page 537: 3.5  Main Sp Tables-5

    Main sp tables-5 sm appendix 3-79 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 3.5 main sp tables-5 3.5.1 sp5-xxx (mode) 5001 [all indicators on] (d160/d161/d170) all leds turn on. The lcd turns on or off every 3 seconds. Press the reset key to end this program....

  • Page 538

    Main sp tables-5 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-80 sm appendix 5024 [mm/inch display selection] (d158/159) selects the unit of measurement. After selection, turn the main power switch off and on. 001 0:mm 1:inch *ctl [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / step] 0: mm (europe/asia) 1: inch (north america) 5045 [accounting co...

  • Page 539

    Main sp tables-5 sm appendix 3-81 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 5066 [pm parts display] (d158/159) display or does not display the "pm parts" button on the lcd. 001 pm parts display *ctl [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step] 0: no display, 1: display 5067 [parts ...

  • Page 540

    Main sp tables-5 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-82 sm appendix 5075 [usb keyboard] (d158/159) 001 function setting *ctl [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step ] 0: disable 1: enable 5083 [tonarnearendledsetting] (d158/159) turns led lighting on and off at toner near end. 001 0: off 1: on *ctl [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step] 0: off...

  • Page 541

    Main sp tables-5 sm appendix 3-83 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 5113 [optional counter type] (d158/159) [op counter type] (d160/d161/d170) 001 default optional counter type (d158/159) *ctl this program specifies the counter type. [0 to 9 / 0 / 1/s...

  • Page 542

    Main sp tables-5 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-84 sm appendix 5118 [disable copying] (d158/159) this program disables copying. 001 disable copying *ctl [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step] 0: not disabled 1: disabled 5120 [mode clear opt. Counter removal] (d158/159) [clr-op count remv] (d160/d161/d170) this program u...

  • Page 543

    Main sp tables-5 sm appendix 3-85 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 5127 [aps mode] selects whether the aps function is enabled or disabled with the contact of a pre-paid card or coin lock. 001 aps mode *ctl [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step] 0: enabled 1: disable...

  • Page 544

    Main sp tables-5 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-86 sm appendix 5167 [fax printing mode at optional counter off] (d158/159) enables or disables the automatic print out without an accounting device. This sp is used when the receiving fax is accounted by an external accounting device. 001 faxprnt cntoff *c...

  • Page 545

    Main sp tables-5 sm appendix 3-87 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 004 tray1:4 *eng [0 or 1 / 1(na), 0(eu, asia, chn,tw) / 1/step] 0: b5 lef 1: exe lef 006 tray2:1 *eng [0 or 1 / 1(na), 0(eu, asia, chn,tw) / 1/step] 0: a4 lef 1: le lef 007 tray2:2 *e...

  • Page 546

    Main sp tables-5 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-88 sm appendix 012 tray3:3 *eng [0 or 1 / 1(na), 0(eu, asia, chn,tw) / 1/step] 0: b4 1: lg 013 tray3:4 *eng [0 or 1 / 1(na), 0(eu, asia, chn,tw) / 1/step] 0: b5 lef 1: exe lef 014 tray4:1 *eng [0 or 1 / 1(na), 0(eu, asia, chn,tw) / 1/step] 0: a4 lef 1: le ...

  • Page 547

    Main sp tables-5 sm appendix 3-89 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 019 tray2:5 *eng [0 or 1 / d158: 0(na,eu, asia, chn,tw), d159:1(na), 0(eu, asia, chn,tw) / 1/step] 0: a5 lef 1: hlt lef 5181 [tray size adjust] (d160/d161/d170) adjusts the paper size...

  • Page 548

    Main sp tables-5 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-90 sm appendix 008 tray2:3(eu) *eng [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step] 0: b4 1: lg 009 tray2:4(eu) *eng [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step] 0: b5 lef 1: exe lef 010 tray3:1(eu) *eng [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step] 0: a4 lef 1: le lef 011 tray3:2(eu) *eng [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step] 0: a3 1: dlt 012...

  • Page 549

    Main sp tables-5 sm appendix 3-91 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 016 tray4:3(eu) *eng [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step] 0:b4 1: lg 017 tray4:4(eu) *eng [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step] 0: b5 lef 1: exe lef 018 tray1:5(eu) *eng [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step] 0: a5 lef 1: hlt lef 0...

  • Page 550

    Main sp tables-5 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-92 sm appendix 026 tray2:1(na) *eng [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step] 0: a4 lef 1: le lef 027 tray2:2(na) *eng [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step] 0: a3 1: dlt 028 tray2:3(na) *eng [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step] 0: b4 1: lg 029 tray2:4(na) *eng [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step] 0: b5 lef 1: exe lef 030...

  • Page 551

    Main sp tables-5 sm appendix 3-93 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 034 tray4:1(na) *eng [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step] 0: a4 lef 1: le lef 035 tray4:2(na) *eng [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step] 0: a3 1: dlt 036 tray4:3(na) *eng [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step] 0:b4 1: lg 037 tray4:...

  • Page 552

    Main sp tables-5 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-94 sm appendix 5188 [copy nvversion] (d158/159) displays the version number of the nvram on the controller board. 001 copy mvversion *ctl [- / - / -] 5191 [power setting] (d158/159) shifts to the power save mode or not. 001 power str *ctl [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/s...

  • Page 553

    Main sp tables-5 sm appendix 3-95 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 appe ndix: service progra m mode t a bles 5302 [set time] (d158/159) adjusts the rtc (real time clock) time setting for the local time zone. Examples: for japan (+9 gmt), enter 540 (9 hours x 60 min.) dom: +540 (tokyo) na: -300 (new york) eu...

  • Page 554

    Main sp tables-5 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-96 sm appendix 5307 [summer time] (d158/159) 001 usable *ctl [0 to 1 / - / 1/step] 0: disabled 1: enabled (default) 1: na and eur 0: asia and others enables or disables the summer time mode. Make sure that both sp5-307-3 and -4 are correctly set. Otherwise...

  • Page 555

    Main sp tables-5 sm appendix 3-97 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 004 end data set *ctl [0 to 0xffffffff / - / 1hex/step] (default) na: 0x11100200 eur: 0x10500100 asia: 0x03100000 other: 0x00000000 specifies the end setting for the summer time mode....

  • Page 556

    Main sp tables-5 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-98 sm appendix 200 sdk1 uniqueid *ctl [0 to 0xffffffff / 0 / 1/step] 201 sdk1 certification method *ctl [0 to 0xff / 0 / 1/step] 210 sdk2 uniqueid *ctl [0 to 0xffffffff / 0 / 1/step] 211 sdk2 certification method *ctl [0 to 0xff / 0 / 1/step ] 220 sdk3 uni...

  • Page 557

    Main sp tables-5 sm appendix 3-99 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 5402 [access control] (d158/159) 101 sdkj1 limit setting *ctl [ / 0x00 / 0x01/step] bit0: sdkj authentication -0: panel type -1: remote type bit1: using user code setup -0: off, 1: on...

  • Page 558

    Main sp tables-5 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-100 sm appendix 117 sdkj17 limit setting *ctl bit3: using external billing device setup -0: off, 1: on bit4: using extended external billing device setup -0: off, 1: on bit5~6: not used bit7: using extended function j limit users -0: off, 1: on.

  • Page 559

    Main sp tables-5 sm appendix 3-101 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 118 sdkj18 limit setting *ctl 119 sdkj19 limit setting *ctl 120 sdkj20 limit setting *ctl 121 sdkj21 limit setting *ctl [ / 0x00 / 0x01/step] bit0: sdkj authentication -0: panel type...

  • Page 560

    Main sp tables-5 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-102 sm appendix 147 sdkj7 productid *ctl 148 sdkj8 productid *ctl 149 sdkj9 productid *ctl 150 sdkj10 productid *ctl 151 sdkj11 productid *ctl 152 sdkj12 productid *ctl 153 sdkj13 productid *ctl 154 sdkj14 productid *ctl 155 sdkj15 productid *ctl [0 to 0xf...

  • Page 561

    Main sp tables-5 sm appendix 3-103 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 5404 [user code count clear] (d158/159) 001 user code counter clear ctl clears all counters for users. [- / - / -] [execute] 5411 [ldap-certification] (d158/159) 004 simplified authe...

  • Page 562

    Main sp tables-5 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-104 sm appendix 5413 [lockout setting] (d158/159) 001 lockout on/off *ctl [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step] 0: off, 1: on switches on/off the lock on the local address book account. 002 lockout threshold *ctl [1 to 10 / 5 / 1time/step] sets a limit on the frequency of...

  • Page 563

    Main sp tables-5 sm appendix 3-105 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 5415 [password attack] (d158/159) 001 permissible number *ctl [0 to 100 / 30 / 1times/step] sets the threshold number of attempts to attack the system with random passwords to gain i...

  • Page 564

    Main sp tables-5 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-106 sm appendix 5417 [access attack] (d158/159) 001 access permissible number *ctl [0 to 500 / 100 / 1times/step] sets a limit on access attempts when an excessive number of attempts are detected for mfp features. 002 attack detect time *ctl [10 to 30 / 10...

  • Page 565

    Main sp tables-5 sm appendix 3-107 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 021 fax *ctl [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step] 0: authentication on 1: authentication off determines whether certification is required before a user can use the fax application. 031 scanner *ctl...

  • Page 566

    Main sp tables-5 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-108 sm appendix 5430 [auth dialog message change] (d158/159) displays the authentication dialog message or not. 001 message change on/off *ctl [off or on / off / 1/step] off: function off. On: function on. Turns on or off the displayed message change for t...

  • Page 567

    Main sp tables-5 sm appendix 3-109 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 040 certcrypt *ctl 050 userlimitcount *ctl 5481 [authentication error code] (d158/159) these sp codes determine how the authentication failures are displayed. 001 system log disp *ct...

  • Page 568

    Main sp tables-5 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-110 sm appendix 5501 [pm alarm] (d158/159) [pm alarm interval] (d160/d161/d170) 001 pm alarm level (printout) *ctl [0 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step] 0: alarm off 1 to 9999: alarm goes off when value (1 to 9999) x 1000 > pm counter 002 original count alarm (d158/159...

  • Page 569

    Main sp tables-5 sm appendix 3-111 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 5507 [supply alarm] (d158/159) enables or disables the notifying a supply call via the @remote. 001 paper supply alarm *ctl [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step] 0: off, 1: on 003 toner supply alarm...

  • Page 570

    Main sp tables-5 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-112 sm appendix 5508 [cc call] (d158/159) 001 jam remains *ctl [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step] 0: disable, 1: enable enables/disables initiating a call for an unattended paper jam. 002 continuous jams *ctl [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step] 0: disable, 1: enable enables/disables...

  • Page 571

    Main sp tables-5 sm appendix 3-113 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 002 service parts near end call *ctl 0: off, 1: on 003 service parts end call *ctl 004 user call *ctl 006 communication test call *ctl 007 machine information notice *ctl 008 alarm n...

  • Page 572

    Main sp tables-5 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-114 sm appendix 5745 [ecocounttime] (d158/159) 005 ecocounttime *ctl [0 to 1439 / 0 / -/step] 5745 [powerconsumption] 211 controller standby *ctl [0 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step] 212 str *ctl [0 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step] 213 main power off *ctl [0 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step...

  • Page 573

    Main sp tables-5 sm appendix 3-115 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 5747 [jpeg quality] (d158/159) - 201 - *ctl [0 to 100 / 80 / 1%/step ] 203 memory *ctl [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step ] 0: use extended memory 1: not use extended memory 204 browser *ctl [0 or...

  • Page 574

    Main sp tables-5 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-116 sm appendix 5792 [ms debug sw] (d158/159) - 001 1 ctl [0 to 255 / - / 1 /step] 5801 [memory clear] 001 all clear (d158/159) ctl [- / - / -] [execute] resets all correction data for process control and all software counters, and returns all modes and ad...

  • Page 575

    Main sp tables-5 sm appendix 3-117 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 008 printer application (d158/159) ctl [- / - / -] [execute] the following service settings: bit switches gamma settings (user & service) toner limit the following user settings: tra...

  • Page 576

    Main sp tables-5 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-118 sm appendix 015 clear ucs settings (d158/159) ctl [- / - / -] [execute] initializes the ucs (user information control service) settings. 016 mirs setting (d158/159) ctl [- / - / -] [execute] initializes the mirs (machine information report service) set...

  • Page 577

    Main sp tables-5 sm appendix 3-119 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 5802 [machine free run] (d160/d161/d170) starts a free run of both the scanner and the printer. Press "on" to start; press "off" to stop. 001 machine free run *eng [- / - / -] [execu...

  • Page 578

    Main sp tables-5 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-120 sm appendix 024 duplex: exit sensor eng [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step] 025 duplex: entrance sensor eng [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step] 027 front safety sw-24v eng [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step] 029 right cover open eng [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step] 030 duplex fan lock eng [0 or 1 / 0 / 1...

  • Page 579

    Main sp tables-5 sm appendix 3-121 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 003 right cover sw eng [0x00 to 0xff / 0 / 1/step] 0:close 1:open 004 right lowcover sw eng [0x00 to 0xff / 0 / 1/step] 0:close 1:open 006 upper relay s eng [0x00 to 0xff / 0 / 1/ste...

  • Page 580

    Main sp tables-5 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-122 sm appendix 016 upper pe s eng [0x00 to 0xff / 0 / 1/step] 0:not detected 1:paper detected 017 lower pe s eng [0x00 to 0xff / 0 / 1/step] 0:not detected 1:paper detected 018 upper p size sw eng [0x00 to 0xff / 0 / 1/step] refer to *5 019 lower p size s...

  • Page 581

    Main sp tables-5 sm appendix 3-123 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 051 2 tray bk install eng [0x00 to 0xff / 0 / 1/step] 0:not connected 1:connected 053 hp sensor eng [0x00 to 0xff / 0 / 1/step] 0:not detected 1:detected 054 duplex fan m lock eng [0...

  • Page 582

    Main sp tables-5 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-124 sm appendix 071 bank:cpu-port2 eng [0x00 to 0xff / 0 / 1/step] 0:*7 1: 072 bank:cpu-port3 eng [0x00 to 0xff / 0 / 1/step] 0:*8 1: 073 bank:cpu-porta eng [0x00 to 0xff / 0 / 1/step] 0:*9 1: 074 bank:cpu-portb eng [0x00 to 0xff / 0 / 1/step] 0:*10 1: 080...

  • Page 583

    Main sp tables-5 sm appendix 3-125 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 086 adf org length1 eng [0x00 to 0xff / 0 / 1/step] 0:*11 1: 087 adf org length2 eng [0x00 to 0xff / 0 / 1/step] *11 088 adf org length3 eng [0x00 to 0xff / 0 / 1/step] 0:*11 1: 089 ...

  • Page 584

    Main sp tables-5 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-126 sm appendix by-p ass tray 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0c 0 d 10 11 18 19 eu a5 t a5 t b5t b5y b4 y b4 t a5y a4t a5 t a5 t a4 y a3 t a5 t a5 t b6 t b6 t na hl tt hl tt lts/ lg lts /g lt y dl t lts/ lg lts/ lg hl tt hl tt lt y dl t hl tt hl tt hl tt hl...

  • Page 585

    Main sp tables-5 sm appendix 3-127 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s a5 landscape (210*148) yes - - - - - - 11”*17” (dlt) vertical yes yes yes - yes yes yes 11”*15” vartical yes yes yes - yes yes yes 10”*14” vertical yes yes - - yes yes yes 8 1/2”*14”...

  • Page 586

    Main sp tables-5 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-128 sm appendix 5804 [output check] (d158/d159) 001 main motor: cw: high eng [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step] 002 main motor: cw: low eng [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step] 003 main motor: ccw: high eng [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step] 004 main motor: ccw: low eng [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step] 005 ...

  • Page 587

    Main sp tables-5 sm appendix 3-129 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 023 2nd tray up eng [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step] 024 2nd tray down eng [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step] 025 exhaust fan motor: high eng [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step] 026 exhaust fan motor: low eng [0 or 1 / 1...

  • Page 588

    Main sp tables-5 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-130 sm appendix 055 by-pass cl eng [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step] 0:off, 1:on 056 by-pass tray cl eng [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step] 0:off, 1:on 071 bank: motor eng [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step] 072 bank: feed clutch1 eng [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step] 0:off, 1:on 073 bank: feed clutch2 eng...

  • Page 589

    Main sp tables-5 sm appendix 3-131 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 015 bk-upper feed cl eng [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / step] 016 bk-lower feed cl eng [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / step] 017 bk-lift m eng [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / step] 018 bk-up lift m-up eng [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / ...

  • Page 590

    Main sp tables-5 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-132 sm appendix 080 adf feed motor f eng [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / step] 081 adf relay motor f eng [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / step] 082 adf feed clutch eng [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / step] 083 adf inverter sol eng [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / step] 084 adf feed motor r eng [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / s...

  • Page 591

    Main sp tables-5 sm appendix 3-133 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 5811 [machineserial] (d158/159) machine serial number display 001 set bicu *eng [0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step] 002 display bicu *eng [0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step] displays the machine serial numb...

  • Page 592

    Main sp tables-5 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-134 sm appendix 003 supply *ctl [up to 20 / - / 1/step] use this to input the telephone number of your supplier for consumables. Enter the number and press #. 004 operation *ctl [up to 20 / - / 1/step] use this to input the telephone number of your sales a...

  • Page 593

    Main sp tables-5 sm appendix 3-135 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s enables or disables the remote service function. 007 ssl disable *ctl [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step] 0: no. Ssl used. 1: yes. Ssl not used. Controls if rcg (remote communication gate) confirm...

  • Page 594

    Main sp tables-5 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-136 sm appendix 021 rcg-c registed *ctl [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step] 0: installation not completed 1: installation completed this sp displays the rcg-n installation end flag. 023 connect type (n/m) *ctl [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step] 0: internet connection 1: dial-up conn...

  • Page 595

    Main sp tables-5 sm appendix 3-137 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 065 proxy user name *ctl [up to 31 / - / 1/step] this sp sets the http proxy certification user name. The length of the name is limited to 31 characters. Any character beyond the 31s...

  • Page 596

    Main sp tables-5 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-138 sm appendix 13 the notification of the request for certification update has completed successfully, and the system is waiting for the certification update request from the rescue gw url. 14 the notification of the certification request has been receive...

  • Page 597

    Main sp tables-5 sm appendix 3-139 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 069 cert:up id *ctl [- / - / -] the id of the request for certification. 083 firm up status *ctl [0 to 5 / 0 / 1/step] 0: waiting for receiving firmware update. 1: waiting for schedu...

  • Page 598

    Main sp tables-5 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-140 sm appendix 088 cert:pac ver. Ctl [16digits / - / 1digit/step] displays the pac version of the @remote certification. This sp displays 16-digit characters. 089 cert:id2code ctl [17digits / - / 1digit/step] displays id2 for the @remote certification. Sp...

  • Page 599

    Main sp tables-5 sm appendix 3-141 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 150 selection country *ctl [0 to 10 / 1 / 1/step] 0: japan, 1: usa, 2: canada, 3: uk, 4: germany, 5: france, 6: italy, 7: netherlands, 8: belgium, 9: luxembourg, 10: spain select the...

  • Page 600

    Main sp tables-5 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-142 sm appendix displays a number to show the result of the execution of sp5816 151. Here is a list of what the numbers mean. 0: success 1: in progress (no result yet). Please wait. 2: line abnormal 3: cannot detect dial tone automatically 4: line is disco...

  • Page 601

    Main sp tables-5 sm appendix 3-143 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 154 outside line outgoing number *ctl [4digits / - / 1digit/step] the sp sets the number that switches to pstn for the outside connection for embedded rcg-m in a system that employs ...

  • Page 602

    Main sp tables-5 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-144 sm appendix 162 connection timing adjustment incoming *ctl [0 to 24 / 1 / 1/step] when the call center calls out to an embedded rcg-m modem, it sends a repeating id tone (*#1#). This sp sets the time the line remains open to send these id tones after t...

  • Page 603

    Main sp tables-5 sm appendix 3-145 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 174 retransmission ringing ctl [- / - / -] [execute] normally, it is best to allow unlimited time for certification and id2 update requests, and for the notification that the certifi...

  • Page 604

    Main sp tables-5 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-146 sm appendix 204 confirm result ctl [0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step] displays a number that indicates the result of the inquiry executed with sp5816 203. 0: succeeded 1: inquiry number error 3: proxy error (proxy enabled) 4: proxy error (proxy disabled) 5: proxy...

  • Page 605

    Main sp tables-5 sm appendix 3-147 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 208 error code ctl [-2147483647 to 2147483647 / - / - / step] displays a number that describes the error code that was issued when either sp5816-204 or sp5816-207 was executed. Cause...

  • Page 606

    Main sp tables-5 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-148 sm appendix error caused by response from gw url -2385 attempted dial up overseas without the correct international prefix for the telephone number. -2387 not supported at the service center -2389 database out of service -2390 program out of service -2...

  • Page 607

    Main sp tables-5 sm appendix 3-149 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 5821 [remote service address] (d158/159) 002 rcg ip address *ctl [00000000h to ffffffffh / 00000000h / 1/step] sets the ip address of the rcg (remote communication gate) destination ...

  • Page 608

    Main sp tables-5 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-150 sm appendix 001 program download ctl [- / - / -] 0: disabled, 1: enabled 5828 [network setting] (d158/159) 065 job spooling *ctl [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step] 0: disabled, 1: enabled enables/disables job spooling. 066 job spooling clear: start time *ctl [0 or ...

  • Page 609

    Main sp tables-5 sm appendix 3-151 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 087 protocol usage *ctl [0 or 1 / 0x00000000 / 1bit/step] shows which protocols have been used with the network. 0: off (not used the network with the protocol.) 1: on (used the netw...

  • Page 610

    Main sp tables-5 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-152 sm appendix 149 settingactive ipv6 stateless address 2 ctl ffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff80h / 0000000000000000000000000000000040h / -] these sps are the ipv6 status addresses (1 to 5) referenced on the ethernet or wireless lan (802.11b) in the forma...

  • Page 611

    Main sp tables-5 sm appendix 3-153 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 237 web shopping link visible *ctl [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step] 0: not display, 1:display displays or does not display the link to net ricoh on the top page and link page of the web system....

  • Page 612

    Main sp tables-5 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-154 sm appendix 004 hdd formatting (job log) ctl 005 hdd formatting (printer fonts) ctl 006 hdd formatting (user info1) ctl 007 hdd formatting (user info2) ctl 008 hdd formatting (scanner mail) ctl 009 hdd formatting (data for a design) ctl 010 hdd formatt...

  • Page 613

    Main sp tables-5 sm appendix 3-155 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 075 reduction for printer b&w *ctl [0 to 3, 6 / 0 / 1/step] 0: 1to-1 1: 1/2 2: 1/3 3: 1/4 6: 2/3 082 format for copy b&w text *ctl [ 0 to 3 / 1 / 1/step] 0: jfif/jpeg, 1: tiff/mmr, 2...

  • Page 614

    Main sp tables-5 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-156 sm appendix 111 secondary srv ip address *ctl [000.000.000.000 to 255.255.255.255 / - / 1/step] sets the ip address for the secondary capture server. This is basically adjusted by the remote system. 112 secondary srv scheme *ctl [0 to 6 char / null / -...

  • Page 615

    Main sp tables-5 sm appendix 3-157 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 127 reso: scanner(color) *ctl [0 to 255 / 4 / 1/step] selects the resolution for color scanning mode. This is basically adjusted by the remote system. 0: 600dpi/ 1: 400dpi/ 2: 300dpi...

  • Page 616

    Main sp tables-5 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-158 sm appendix 007 channel min *ctl [1 to 14 / 1 / 1/step] range jpn: 1 to 14 na: 1 to 11 eu: 1 to 13 sets the minimum number of channels available for data transmission via the wireless lan. The number of channels available varies according to location. ...

  • Page 617

    Main sp tables-5 sm appendix 3-159 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 013 rts/cts thresh *ctl [0 to 3000 / 2432 / 1/step] adjusts the rts/cts threshold for the ieee802.11 card. This sp is displayed only when the ieee802.11 card is installed. 042 fragme...

  • Page 618

    Main sp tables-5 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-160 sm appendix 014 staple std4 *ctl 021 staple bind 1 *ctl 022 staple bind 2 *ctl 023 staple bind 3 *ctl 5842 [gwws analysis] (d158/159) 001 setting 1 *ctl [8bit assign / 00000000 / bit switch] 0bit[lsb]: system, other group 1bit: capture related group 2b...

  • Page 619

    Main sp tables-5 sm appendix 3-161 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 5844 [usb] (d158/159) 001 transfer rate *ctl [0x01 or 0x04 / 0x04 / -] 0x01: full speed (fixed) 0x04: h-speed, f-speed (auto change) 002 vendor id dfu *ctl [0x0000 to 0xffff / 0x05ca...

  • Page 620

    Main sp tables-5 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-162 sm appendix 5845 [delivery server setting] (d158/159) provides items for delivery server settings. 001 ftp port no. *ctl [1 to 65535 / 3670 / 1/step] sets the ftp port number used when image files to the scan router server. 002 ip address (primary) *ct...

  • Page 621

    Main sp tables-5 sm appendix 3-163 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 010 delivery svr. Capability *ctl [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 /step] changes the capability of the registered that the i/o device registered. Bit7 = 1 comment information exits bit6 = 1 direct...

  • Page 622

    Main sp tables-5 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-164 sm appendix 015 server url path (primary) dfu *ctl [ up to 16 byte / - / -/step] this sp is used for the scan router program. 016 server scheme (secondary) dfu *ctl [ up to 6 char / - / -/step] this sp is used for the scan router program. 017 server po...

  • Page 623

    Main sp tables-5 sm appendix 3-165 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 5846 [ucs settings] (d158/159) 001 machine id (for delivery server) *ctl [- / - / -] displays the unique device id in use by the delivery server directory. The value is only displaye...

  • Page 624

    Main sp tables-5 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-166 sm appendix 010 ldap search timeout *ctl [1 to 255 / 60 / 1/step] sets the length of the timeout for the search of the ldap server. 020 wsd maximum entries *ctl [5 to 250 / 250 / 1/step] sets the maximum entries for the address book of the wsd (ws-scan...

  • Page 625

    Main sp tables-5 sm appendix 3-167 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 043 addr book media *ctl [0 to 30 / 0 /1/step] 0: unconfirmed 1: sd slot 1 2: sd slot 2 3: sd slot 3 4: usb flash rom 10: sd slot 10 20: hdd 30: nothing displays the slot number wher...

  • Page 626

    Main sp tables-5 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-168 sm appendix 053 clear backup info ctl [- / - / -] [execute] deletes the address book data from the sd card in the service slot. Deletes only the files that were uploaded from this machine. This feature does not work if the card is write-protected. Afte...

  • Page 627

    Main sp tables-5 sm appendix 3-169 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 064 complexity option 3 dfu *ctl [0 to 32 / 0 / 1/step] use this sp to set the conditions for password entry to access the local address book. Specifically, this sp limits the passwo...

  • Page 628

    Main sp tables-5 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-170 sm appendix 003 rate for copy b&w other *ctl 005 rate for printer b&w *ctl [0 to 6 / 0 / 1/step] 021 default value of jpeg quality *ctl [5 to 95 / 50 / 1/step] sets the default value for the quality of jpeg images sent as netfile pages. This function i...

  • Page 629

    Main sp tables-5 sm appendix 3-171 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 021 access ctrl: delivery (lower 4 bits) *ctl 022 access ctrl: uadministration (lower 4bits) *ctl 099 repository: download image setting dfu *ctl [4bit assign / 0000 / bit switch] 1b...

  • Page 630

    Main sp tables-5 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-172 sm appendix 5851 [bluetooth] (d158/159) 001 mode *ctl [0x00 or 0x01 / 0x00 / 1/step ] 0x00:public 0x01:private sets the operation mode for the bluetooth unit. Press either key. 5853 [stamp date download] (d158/159) push [execute] to download the fixed ...

  • Page 631

    Main sp tables-5 sm appendix 3-173 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 5857 [save debug log] (d158/159) 001 on/off (1:on 0:off) *ctl [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step] 0: off, 1: on switches the debug log feature on and off. The debug log cannot be captured until th...

  • Page 632

    Main sp tables-5 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-174 sm appendix 011 erase hdd debug data *ctl [- / - / -] [execute] erases all debug logs on the hdd 012 erase sd card debug data *ctl [- / - / -] [execute] erases all debug logs on the sd card. If the card contains only debugging files generated by an eve...

  • Page 633

    Main sp tables-5 sm appendix 3-175 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 5858 [debug save when] (d158/159) these sps select the content of the debugging information to be saved to the destination selected by sp5857-002. Sp5858-3 stores one sc specified by...

  • Page 634

    Main sp tables-5 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-176 sm appendix 008 key 8 *ctl 009 key 9 *ctl 010 key 10 *ctl 5860 [smtp/pop3/imap4] (d158/159) 020 partial mail receive timeout *ctl [1 to 168 / 72 / 1hour/step] sets the amount of time to wait before saving a mail that breaks up during reception. The rec...

  • Page 635

    Main sp tables-5 sm appendix 3-177 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 026 s/mime: mime header setting *ctl [0 to 2 / 0 / 1/step] 0: microsoft outlook express standard 1: internet draft standard 2: rfc standard selects the mime header type of an e-mail ...

  • Page 636

    Main sp tables-5 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-178 sm appendix 5873 [sdcardapplimove] (d158/159) 001 moveexec ctl [- / - / -] [execute] this sp copies the application programs from the original sd card in sd card slot 2 to an sd card in sd card slot 1. 002 undoexec ctl [- / - / -] [execute] this sp cop...

  • Page 637

    Main sp tables-5 sm appendix 3-179 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 5878 [option setup] (d158/159) 001 data overwrite security ctl [- / - / -] [execute] enables the data overwrite security unit. Press "execute" on the operation panel. Then turn the m...

  • Page 638

    Main sp tables-5 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-180 sm appendix 100 set signature *ctl [0 to 2 / 0 / 1/step] 0: setting for each e-mail 1: signature for all 2: no signature selects whether the signature is added to the scanned documents with the wim when they are transmitted by an e-mail. 101 set encryp...

  • Page 639

    Main sp tables-5 sm appendix 3-181 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 appe ndix: service progra m mode t a bles 5888 [personal information protect] (d158/159) 001 personal information protect *ctl [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step] selects the protection level for logs. 0: no authentication, no protection for logs 1: no a...

  • Page 640

    Main sp tables-5 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-182 sm appendix 5902 [test pattern] (d160/d161/d170) do not operate the machine until the test pattern is printed out completely. Otherwise, an sc occurs. 1. Enter the sp mode and select sp5-902-001. 2. Enter the number for the test pattern that you want t...

  • Page 641

    Main sp tables-5 sm appendix 3-183 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 5907 [plug & play maker/model name] (d158/159) 001 plug & play maker/model/name *ctl see detail below selects the brand name and the production name for windows plug & play. This inf...

  • Page 642

    Main sp tables-5 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-184 sm appendix 5967 [copy server set function] (d158/159) 001 (0:on 1:off) *ctl [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step] 0: on, 1: off enables and disables the document server. This is a security measure that prevents image data from being left in the temporary area of the ...

  • Page 643

    Main sp tables-5 sm appendix 3-185 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 5985 [device setting] (d158/159) enables/disables the on-board device. 001 on board nic ctl [0 to 2 / 0 / 1/step] 0: disable, 1: enable, 2: function limitation when the "function lim...

  • Page 644

    Main sp tables-5 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-186 sm appendix 005 diagnostic report (big font) ctl 006 non-default (d158/159) ctl 007 nib summary (d158/159) ctl 008 capture log (d158/159) ctl 021 copier user program (d158/159) ctl 022 scanner sp (d158/159) ctl 023 scanner user program (d158/159) ctl 0...

  • Page 645

    Main sp tables-5 sm appendix 3-187 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 5992 [sp text mode] (d158/159) exports the smc sheet data to the sd card. 001 all(data list) ctl press “execute” key to start exporting the smc data in the sp mode display. [- / - / ...

  • Page 646: 3.6  Main Sp Tables-6

    Main sp tables-6 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-188 sm appendix 3.6 main sp tables-6 3.6.1 sp6-xxx (peripherals) 6006 [adf adjustment] (d158/159) adjusts the side-to-side and leading edge registration for simplex and duplex original feeding in ardf mode. Sp6006-5 sets the maximum setting allowed for rea...

  • Page 647

    Main sp tables-6 sm appendix 3-189 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 007 buckle: rear *eng [-5.0 to 5.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm / step] 6007 [adf input check] (d158/159) displays adf sensor information. 001 original length 1(b5 detection sensor) eng [0 or 1 / ...

  • Page 648

    Main sp tables-6 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-190 sm appendix 011 skew correction eng [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / step] 0: no paper detected 1: paper detected 013 registration sensor eng [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / step] 0: no paper detected 1: paper detected 014 exit sensor eng [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / step] 0: no paper detect...

  • Page 649

    Main sp tables-6 sm appendix 3-191 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 005 relay motor forward eng [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / step] 0:off 1:on rotates the relay motor to check the operation of adf. 006 relay motor reverse eng [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / step] 0:off 1:on r...

  • Page 650

    Main sp tables-6 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-192 sm appendix - 001 free run simplex motion eng [- / - / -] [execute] executes an ardf free run in simplex motion. 002 free run duplex motion eng [- / - / -] [execute] executes an ardf free run in duplex motion. 003 free run stamp motion eng [- / - / -] ...

  • Page 651

    Main sp tables-6 sm appendix 3-193 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 6010 [stamp positon adj.] (d158/159) adjusts the stamp position. 001 - *eng [-5.0 to 5.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm / step] 6016 [original size detect setting] (d158/159) [adf size detect] (d160...

  • Page 652

    Main sp tables-6 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-194 sm appendix 003 1bin motor: hold eng [0 or 1 / 1 / 1 / step] rotates the 1 bin motor to check the operation. Turns off automatically in 10 seconds after turned on. 004 1bin motor: cw:high eng [0 or 1 / 1 / 1 / step] turns on after holding 50ms. 005 1bi...

  • Page 653

    Main sp tables-6 sm appendix 3-195 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s more than the standard number of sheets can be stapled. This sp sets the additional number of sheets (this setting + standard number = maximum number of sheets). If the number of the...

  • Page 654: 3.7  Main Sp Tables-7

    Main sp tables-7 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-196 sm appendix 3.7 main sp tables-7 3.7.1 sp7-xxx (data log) 7001 [total operation] (d160/d161/d170) displays the total operation time. 001 sc counter *ctl [0 to 9999999 / - / 1 min / step] 7401 [total sc counter] (d158/d159) displays the number of sc cod...

  • Page 655

    Main sp tables-7 sm appendix 3-197 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 005 latest 4 *ctl 006 latest 5 *ctl 007 latest 6 *ctl 008 latest 7 *ctl 009 latest 8 *ctl 010 latest 9 *ctl 7404 [sc990 / sc991 history] (d158/d159) logs and displays the sc990 / sc9...

  • Page 656

    Main sp tables-7 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-198 sm appendix if the jam occurred in multiple places, it logs as one sc. 002 total jam counter *ctl [00000 to 65535 / - / 1sheet / step] 7502 [counter-paper jam] (d160/d161/d170) displays the total number of jams detected. 001 counter-paper jam *ctl [000...

  • Page 657

    Main sp tables-7 sm appendix 3-199 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 018 pfu1: on *ctl [0000 to 9999 / - / 1 / step] 019 pfu2:on *ctl [0000 to 9999 / - / 1 / step] 020 pfu3: on *ctl [0000 to 9999 / - / 1 / step] 024 fusing entrance: on *ctl [0000 to 9...

  • Page 658

    Main sp tables-7 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-200 sm appendix 022 on-2 vertical sn *ctl [000 to 999 / - / 1 / step] paper is caught at the vertical transport sensor. 031 off-3 vertical sn *ctl [000 to 999 / - / 1 / step] 032 on-3 vertical sn *ctl [000 to 999 / - / 1 / step] 050 off-regist bypass *ctl ...

  • Page 659

    Main sp tables-7 sm appendix 3-201 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 130 off-1bin exit *ctl [000 to 999 / - / 1 / step] 131 on-1bin exit *ctl [000 to 999 / - / 1 / step] 210 off-buckle sn *ctl [000 to 999 / - / 1 / step] 211 on-buckle sn *ctl [000 to ...

  • Page 660

    Main sp tables-7 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-202 sm appendix 7507 [dspl-p jam hist] (d158/d159) [dsply-p jam hist] (d160/d161/d170) paper jam history display logs and displays the 10 most recently detected paper jams. (code, size, total, date) 001 latest *ctl [- / - / -] 002 latest 1 *ctl 003 latest ...

  • Page 661

    Main sp tables-7 sm appendix 3-203 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 008 latest 7 *ctl 009 latest 8 *ctl 010 latest 9 *ctl 7624 [parts pm use setting] (d158/d159) part replacement operation on/off selects the pm maintenance for each part. 001 drum uni...

  • Page 662

    Main sp tables-7 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-204 sm appendix 7801 [rom info] (d158/d159) displays rom numbers in the machine. 002 engine eng [- / - / -] 005 adf eng 009 bank eng 102 firmware version engine eng 105 firmware version adf eng 109 firmware version bank eng 255 rom_version ctl displays the...

  • Page 663

    Main sp tables-7 sm appendix 3-205 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 006 distance60k *eng [0 to 255/ - / 1 /step] 007 distance120k *eng 7804 [reset-pm count] clears the pm counter. Press the enter key after the machine asks “execute?”, which will stor...

  • Page 664

    Main sp tables-7 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-206 sm appendix 7808 [reset-counters] (d160/d161/d170) clears the all counters. Clears all counters below. Sp7-001-001 (basic model only) sp7-804-001 sp7-807-001 sp7-992-004 (basic model only) sp8-192-001 sp8-422 sp8-442 sp8-451 sp8-462 sp8-522-001 001 res...

  • Page 665

    Main sp tables-7 sm appendix 3-207 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 7826 [dsply-keycard err] (d160/d161/d170) displays the counter that couldn’t send count command to the mf charging device. 001 error total *ctl [0 to 9999999 / - / 1 / step] 7827 [mf...

  • Page 666

    Main sp tables-7 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-208 sm appendix 7852 [df glass dust check dust detection] (d158/d159) dust detection counter of reading glass unit in document feeder 001 counter *eng [0 to 65535 / - / 1 / step] 002 clear counter *eng [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1 / step] 7856 [zero cross] (d158/d1...

  • Page 667

    Main sp tables-7 sm appendix 3-209 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 7907 [before 2 pm count] 002 sheets 60k part *eng [0 to 9999999/ - / 1 mm/step] 003 sheets 120k part *eng 004 distance(mm) 60k *eng 005 distance(mm) 120k *eng 006 distance60k *eng [0...

  • Page 668

    Main sp tables-7 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-210 sm appendix 7935 [toner bottle log 4: bk] (d158/d159) 013 serialno. *eng displays the serial numbers and installation date the past 3 times before. 014 attachment date *eng 7935 [toner bottle log 5: bk] (d158/d159) 017 serialno. *eng displays the seria...

  • Page 669

    Main sp tables-7 sm appendix 3-211 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 7991 [dsply-info count] (d160/d161/d170) displays the total operating time or the total number of operations. The time is displayed in the following format: day: hour: minute: second...

  • Page 670: 3.8  System Sp Tables-8

    System sp tables-8 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-212 sm appendix 3.8 system sp tables-8 3.8.1 sp8-xxx: data log 2 many of these counters are provided for features that are currently not available, such as sending color faxes, and so on. However, here are some group 8codes that when used in combination ...

  • Page 671

    System sp tables-8 sm appendix 3-213 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s l: local storage (document server) totals (jobs, pages, etc.) for the document server. The l: counters work differently case by case. Sometimes, they count jobs/pages stored on the...

  • Page 672

    System sp tables-8 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-214 sm appendix abbreviation what it means comp compression deliv delivery desapl designated application. The application (copy, fax, scan, print) used to store the job on the document server, for example. Dev counter development count, no. Of pages deve...

  • Page 673

    System sp tables-8 sm appendix 3-215 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s abbreviation what it means org original for scanning orgjam original jam palm 2 print job manager/desk top editor: a pair of utilities that allows print jobs to be distributed even...

  • Page 674

    System sp tables-8 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-216 sm appendix abbreviation what it means txjob send, transmission ymc yellow, magenta, cyan ymck yellow, magenta, cyan, black all of the group 8 sps are reset with sp5 801-1 memory all clear. 8191 t:total scan pgs *ctl these sps count the pages scanned...

  • Page 675

    System sp tables-8 sm appendix 3-217 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 8201 t:lsize scan pgs (d158/d159) *ctl [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1] 8203 f lsize scan pgs (d158/d159) *ctl [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1] 8205 s:lsize scan pgs (d158/d159) *ctl [0 to 9999999 / 0...

  • Page 676

    System sp tables-8 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-218 sm appendix when 1 sheet is fed for duplex scanning the front count is 1 and the back count is 1. If a jam occurs during the job, recovery processing is not counted to avoid double counting. Also, the pages are not counted if the jam occurs before th...

  • Page 677

    System sp tables-8 sm appendix 3-219 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s these sps count by size the total number of pages scanned by the fax application. Use these totals to compare original page size (scanning) and output page size [sp 8-443]. 8305 s:...

  • Page 678

    System sp tables-8 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-220 sm appendix 8381 t:total prtpgs *ctl these sps count the number of pages printed by the customer. The counter for the application used for storing the pages increments. [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1] the l: counter counts the number of pages stored from with...

  • Page 679

    System sp tables-8 sm appendix 3-221 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 8391 lsize prtpgs *ctl [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1] these sps count pages printed on paper sizes a3/dlt and larger. Note: in addition to being displayed in the smc report, these counter...

  • Page 680

    System sp tables-8 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-222 sm appendix 8426 l:prtpgs/dup comb (d158/d159) *ctl [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1] these sps count by binding and combine, and n-up settings the number of pages processed for printing from within the document server mode window at the operation panel. 8427 o...

  • Page 681

    System sp tables-8 sm appendix 3-223 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 019 2in1 + magazine (d158/d159) 020 4in1 + magazine (d158/d159) 021 6in1 + magazine (d158/d159) 022 8in1 + magazine (d158/d159) 023 9in1 + magazine (d158/d159) 024 16in1 + magazine...

  • Page 682

    System sp tables-8 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-224 sm appendix 8441 t:prtpgs/ppr size *ctl [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1] these sps count by print paper size the number of pages printed by all applications. 8442 c:prtpgs/ppr size *ctl [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1] these sps count by print paper size the number of p...

  • Page 683

    System sp tables-8 sm appendix 3-225 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 8447 o:prtpgs/ppr size (d158/d159) *ctl [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1] these sps count by print paper size the number of pages printed by other applications. 001 a3 002 a4 003 a5 004 b4 00...

  • Page 684

    System sp tables-8 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-226 sm appendix 8451 prtpgs/ppr tray *ctl [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1] these sps count the number of sheets fed from each paper feed station. 001 bypass tray bypass tray 002 tray 1 copier 003 tray 2 copier 004 tray 3 paper tray unit (option) 005 tray 4 paper t...

  • Page 685

    System sp tables-8 sm appendix 3-227 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 8461 t:prtpgs/ppr type *ctl [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1] these sps count by paper type the number pages printed by all applications. These counters are not the same as the pm counter. Th...

  • Page 686

    System sp tables-8 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-228 sm appendix 007 ohp 008 other 8511 t:prtpgs/emul (d158/d159) *ctl [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1] these sps count by printer emulation mode the total number of pages printed. 8514 p:prtpgs/emul (d158/d159) *ctl [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1] these sps count by printe...

  • Page 687

    System sp tables-8 sm appendix 3-229 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 8521 t:prtpgs/fin (d158/d159) *ctl [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1] these sps count by finishing mode the total number of pages printed by all applications. 8522 c:prtpgs/fin *ctl [0 to 9999...

  • Page 688

    System sp tables-8 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-230 sm appendix 005 z-fold (d158/d159) 006 punch (d158/d159) 007 other (d158/d159) 008 inside-fold (d158/d159) 009 three-in-fold (d158/d159) 010 three-out-fold (d158/d159) 011 four-fold (d158/d159) 012 kannon-fold (d158/d159) 013 perfect-bind (d158/d159)...

  • Page 689

    System sp tables-8 sm appendix 3-231 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s these sps count the total output broken down by color output, regardless of the application used. In addition to being displayed in the smc report, these counters are also displaye...

  • Page 690

    System sp tables-8 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-232 sm appendix 8601 t:coverage counter (d158/d159) these sps count the total coverage for each color and printout pages. 001 b/w *ctl [0 to 2147483647 / 0 / 1] 011 b/w printing pages *ctl [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1] 8602 c:coverage counter (d158/d159) *ctl [...

  • Page 691

    System sp tables-8 sm appendix 3-233 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 8621 func use counter (d158/d159) - 001 function-001 *ctl [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1] 002 function-002 *ctl 003 function-003 *ctl 004 function-004 *ctl 005 function-005 *ctl 006 functi...

  • Page 692

    System sp tables-8 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-234 sm appendix 024 function-024 *ctl 025 function-025 *ctl 026 function-026 *ctl [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1] 027 function-027 *ctl 028 function-028 *ctl 029 function-029 *ctl 030 function-030 *ctl 031 function-031 *ctl [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1] 032 function-0...

  • Page 693

    System sp tables-8 sm appendix 3-235 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 049 function-049 *ctl 050 function-050 *ctl 051 function-051 *ctl [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1] 052 function-052 *ctl 053 function-053 *ctl 054 function-054 *ctl 055 function-055 *ctl 05...

  • Page 694

    System sp tables-8 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-236 sm appendix 8631 t:fax tx pgs (d158/d159) these sps count by color mode the number of pages sent by fax to a telephone number. 8633 f:fax tx pgs (d158/d159) these sps count by color mode the number of pages sent by fax to a telephone number. 001 b/w ...

  • Page 695

    System sp tables-8 sm appendix 3-237 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s the counts include error pages. If a document is sent to more than one destination with a group transmission, the count is done for each destination. Polling transmissions are coun...

  • Page 696

    System sp tables-8 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-238 sm appendix 8661 t:deliv pgs/svr (d158/d159) these sps count by color mode the total number of pages sent to a scan router server by both scan and ls applications. 8665 s:deliv pgs/svr (d158/d159) these sps count by color mode the total number of pag...

  • Page 697

    System sp tables-8 sm appendix 3-239 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 8681 t:pcfax txpgs (d158/d159) *ctl these sps count the number of pages sent by pc fax. These sps are provided for the fax application only, so the counts for sp8681 and sp8683 are...

  • Page 698

    System sp tables-8 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-240 sm appendix 005 pdf/comp *ctl 006 pdf/a *ctl 8715 s:scan pgs/comp (d158/d159) these sps count the number of compressed pages scanned by the scan application, counted by the formats listed below. 001 jpeg/jpeg2000 *ctl [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1] 002 tiff ...

  • Page 699

    System sp tables-8 sm appendix 3-241 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 appe ndix: service progra m mode t a bles 8741 rx pgs/port (d158/d159) these sps count the number of pages received by the physical port used to receive them. 001 pstn-1 *ctl [0to9999999 / 0 / 1] 002 pstn-2 *ctl 003 pstn-3 *ctl 004 isdn (...

  • Page 700

    System sp tables-8 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-242 sm appendix 8811 eco counter (d158/d159) 001 eco total *ctl [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1] displays the number of pages reduced by using the duplex and the combine function. 004 duplex *ctl [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1] displays the number of pages reduced by usi...

  • Page 701

    System sp tables-8 sm appendix 3-243 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 109 combine(%):last *ctl [0 to 100 / 0 / 1%] - 110 paper cut(%):last *ctl [0 to 100 / 0 / 1%] - 8851 cvr cnt:0-10% (d158/d159) these sps display the number of scanned sheets on whi...

  • Page 702

    System sp tables-8 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-244 sm appendix 8881 cvr cnt:31%- (d158/d159) these sps display the number of scanned sheets on which the coverage of black is 30% or higher. 001 bk *eng [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1] 8891 page/toner bottle (d158/d159) these sps display the amount of the remai...

  • Page 703

    System sp tables-8 sm appendix 3-245 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 8941 machine status (d158/d159) *ctl [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1] these sps count the amount of time the machine spends in each operation mode. These sps are useful for customers who ne...

  • Page 704

    System sp tables-8 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-246 sm appendix 8961 electricity status (d158/d159) - 001 ctrl standby time *ctl [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1] 002 str time *ctl 003 main power off time *ctl 004 reading and printing time *ctl 005 printing time *ctl [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1] 006 reading time *ct...

  • Page 705

    System sp tables-8 sm appendix 3-247 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 8999 admincounter (d158/d159) display the total coverage and total printout number for each color. 003 copy: bw - [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1] 007 printer: bw - 010 fax print: bw - 012 ...

  • Page 706

    Input and output check d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-248 sm appendix 3.9 input and output check 3.9.1 input chek 5803 [input check] (d160/d161/d170) 001 safety sw eng [0x00 to 0xff / 0 / 1/step] 0:off 1:on 002 safety sw-ld5v eng [0x00 to 0xff / 0 / 1/step] 0:off 1:on 003 right cover sw eng [0x00 to 0xf...

  • Page 707

    Input and output check sm appendix 3-249 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 011 duplex inverter s eng [0x00 to 0xff / 0 / 1/step] 0:not detected 1:paper detected 012 duplex entrance s eng [0x00 to 0xff / 0 / 1/step] 0:not detected 1:paper detected 013 ...

  • Page 708

    Input and output check d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-250 sm appendix 035 total co install eng [0x00 to 0xff / 0 / 1/step] 0:unconnected 1:connected 036 key co install eng [0x00 to 0xff / 0 / 1/step] 0:unconnected 1:connected 037 l-synchronization eng [0x00 to 0xff / 0 / 1/step] 0:undetected 1:detected ...

  • Page 709

    Input and output check sm appendix 3-251 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 057 tray1: paper lift eng [0x00 to 0xff / 0 / 1/step] 0:not maximum 1:maximum 058 tray2: paper lift eng [0x00 to 0xff / 0 / 1/step] 0:not maximum 1:maximum 059 bypass: length e...

  • Page 710

    Input and output check d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-252 sm appendix 081 adf feed cover eng [0x00 to 0xff / 0 / 1/step] 0:close 1:open 082 adf original set eng [0x00 to 0xff / 0 / 1/step] 0:not detected 1:paper detected 083 adf registration eng [0x00 to 0xff / 0 / 1/step] 0:not detected 1:paper detecte...

  • Page 711

    Input and output check sm appendix 3-253 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 092 adf org width4 eng [0x00 to 0xff / 0 / 1/step] 0:*11 1: 093 adf skew correct eng [0x00 to 0xff / 0 / 1/step] 0:not detected 1:paper detected *5 size code for pfu (paper fee...

  • Page 712

    Input and output check d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-254 sm appendix size (w*l) width detect sensor on table sensor 1 2 3 4 b5 a4 lg a3 vertical (297*420) yes yes yes yes yes yes yes b4 vertical (257*364) yes yes - - yes yes yes a4 vertical (210/297) yes - - - yes yes - a4 landscape (297*210) yes yes y...

  • Page 713

    Input and output check sm appendix 3-255 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 10 1/2”*7 1/4” (us exe) landscape yes yes yes - - - - 8”*10” vertical yes - - - yes - - 5 1/2”*8 1/2” (hlt) vertical - - - - - - - 8 1/2”*5 1/2” (hlt) landscape yes - - - - - -...

  • Page 714

    Input and output check d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-256 sm appendix 006 original width 3 eng [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / step] 0: no paper detected 1: paper detected 007 original width 4 eng [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / step] 0: no paper detected 1: paper detected 008 original width 5 eng [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / step] 0: no pap...

  • Page 715

    Input and output check sm appendix 3-257 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 6154 [input check] (d158/159) 001 1 bin:set detection eng [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / step] 003 1bin: paper remain eng [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / step] 004 1bin: cover open eng [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / ...

  • Page 716

    Input and output check d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-258 sm appendix 015 interchange motor: ccw:524.5 eng [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step] 016 interchange motor: ccw:577.3 eng [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step] 020 toner bottle motor eng [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step] 021 1st tray up eng [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step] 022 1st tray down eng [0 ...

  • Page 717

    Input and output check sm appendix 3-259 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 048 anti-static led eng [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step] 0:off, 1:on 049 polygon motor: high eng [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step] 0:off, 1:on 050 polygon motor: low eng [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step] 0:off, ...

  • Page 718

    Input and output check d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-260 sm appendix 008 bypass feed cl eng [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / step] 009 upper feed cl eng [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / step] 010 lower feed cl eng [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / step] 011 bk-low lift m-up eng [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / step] 012 bk-low lift m-dw eng [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / ste...

  • Page 719

    Input and output check sm appendix 3-261 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 044 2nd tray up eng [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / step] 045 2nd tray down eng [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / step] 046 bypass tray cl eng [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / step] 071 bank:motor eng [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / st...

  • Page 720

    Input and output check d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-262 sm appendix 6008 [adf output check] (d158/159) - 003 feed motor forward eng [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / step] 0:off 1:on rotats the paper feed motor to check the operation of adf. 004 feed motor reverse eng [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / step] 0:off 1:on reverses the p...

  • Page 721

    Input and output check sm appendix 3-263 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 013 fan motor eng [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / step] 0:off 1:on drives the fan motor to check the operation of adf. 014 feed clutch eng [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / step] 0:off 1:on drives the paper...

  • Page 722: 3.10 Printer Sp Tables

    Printer sp tables d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-264 sm appendix 3.10 printer sp tables 3.10.1 sp1-xxx (service mode) d158/d159 1001 [bit switch] 001 bit switch 1 0 1 bit 0 not used - - bit 1 not used - - bit 2 not used - - bit 3 no i/o timeout disabled enabled enables/disables mfp i/o timeouts. If enab...

  • Page 723

    Printer sp tables sm appendix 3-265 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 1001 [bit switch] 002 bit switch 2 0 1 bit 0 not used - - bit 1 not used - - bit 2 applying a collate type shift collate normal collate a collate type (shift or normal) will be appl...

  • Page 724

    Printer sp tables d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-266 sm appendix 1001 [bit switch] 003 bit switch 3 0 1 bit 0 dfu - - bit 1 dfu - - bit 2 [pcl5e/c]: legacy hp compatibility disabled enabled uses the same left margin as older hp models such as hp4000/hp8000. In other words, the left margin defined in the...

  • Page 725

    Printer sp tables sm appendix 3-267 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 1001 [bit switch] 005 bit switch 5 0 1 bit 0 show "collate type", "staple type" and "punch type" buttons on the operation panel. Disabled enabled if enabled, users will be able to c...

  • Page 726

    Printer sp tables d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-268 sm appendix bit 3 [ps] ps criteria pattern 3 (2 to 4): the larger the pattern number, the greater the number of criterion used. Pattern 4 includes most ps commands pattern1: a small number of ps tags and headers change the number of ps criterion used ...

  • Page 727

    Printer sp tables sm appendix 3-269 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s bit 7 letterhead mode printing disabled enabled (duplex) routes all pages through the duplex unit. If this is disabled, simplex pages or the last page of an odd-paged duplex job, ar...

  • Page 728

    Printer sp tables d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-270 sm appendix bit 3 dfu - - bit 4 dfu - - bit 5 not used - - bit 6 not used - - bit 7 dfu - - 1001 [bit switch] 008 bit switch 8 0 1 bit 0 not used - - bit 1 not used - - bit 2 not used - - bit 3 dfu - - bit 4 not used - - bit 5 not used - - bit 6 not u...

  • Page 729

    Printer sp tables sm appendix 3-271 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s bit 2 job cancel disabled (not cancelled) enabled (cancelled) if this bit switch is enabled, all jobs will be cancelled after a jam occurs. Note: if this bitsw is enabled, printing ...

  • Page 730

    Printer sp tables d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-272 sm appendix bit 5 display utf-8 text in the operation panel enabled disabled enabled (=0): text composed of utf-8 characters can be displayed in the operation panel. Disabled (=1): utf-8 characters cannot be displayed in the operation panel. For examp...

  • Page 731

    Printer sp tables sm appendix 3-273 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s bit 6 allow use of auto job promotion if connected to an external charge device. Does not allow ajp with ecd allows ajp with ecd if this is 0, auto job promotion will be automatical...

  • Page 732

    Printer sp tables d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-274 sm appendix bit 5 not used - - bit 6 not used - - bit 7 not used - - 1003 [clear setting] 001 initialize system *ctl [- / - / -] [execute] initializes settings in the "system" menu of the user mode. 003 delete program *ctl [- / - / -] [execute] 1004 [...

  • Page 733

    Printer sp tables sm appendix 3-275 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 1110 [media print device setting] selects the setting for the media print device. 002 0: disable 1: enable *ctl [0 or 1 / 1 / 1 / step] 1111 [all job delete mode] 001 - *ctl [ 0 or ...

  • Page 734

    Printer sp tables d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-276 sm appendix 7910 [pdl] 001 - ctl [ - / null / -] rpcs 150 ps 151 rpdl 152 r98 153 r16 154 rpgl 155 r55 156 rtiff 157 pcl 158 pclxl 159 msis 160 msis(opt) 161 pdf 162 bmlinks 163 pictbridge 164 pjl 165 ipds 166 mediaprint:jpeg 167 mediaprint:tiff 168 f...

  • Page 735

    Printer sp tables sm appendix 3-277 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 7911 [pdl version] 001 - ctl [ - / null / -] rpcs 150 ps 151 rpdl 152 r98 153 r16 154 rpgl 155 r55 156 rtiff 157 pcl 158 pclxl 159 msis 160 msis(opt) 161 pdf 162 bmlinks 163 pictbri...

  • Page 736: 3.11 Scanner Sp Tables

    Scanner sp tables d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-278 sm appendix 3.11 scanner sp tables 3.11.1 sp1-xxx (system and others) d158/159 1001 [scan nv version] displays the version of the scanner nv. 005 - *ctl [- / - / -] 1005 [erase margin(remote scan)] creates an erase margin for all edges of the scanned ...

  • Page 737

    Scanner sp tables sm appendix 3-279 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 1012 [user info release] *ctl [0 or 1 / 1 / 1 / step] 0: no, 1: yes 001 this sp code sets the machine to release or not release the following items at job end. Destination (e-mail/f...

  • Page 738

    Scanner sp tables d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-280 sm appendix 3.11.2 sp2-xxx (scanning-image quality) d158/d159 2021 [compression level (gray-scale)] selects the compression ratio for grayscale processing mode (jpeg) for the five settings that can be selected at the operation panel. 001 comp1:5-95 *c...

  • Page 739: 3.12 Test Pattern Printing

    Test pattern printing sm appendix 3-281 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 3.12 test pattern printing 3.12.1 d158/d159 printing test pattern: sp2-109 some of these test patterns are used for copy image adjustments but most are used primarily for design...

  • Page 740

    Test pattern printing d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 3-282 sm appendix 7 alternating dot pattern 17 grayscales with white lines (vertical) 8 isolated one dot 18 grayscales with white lines (vertical/horizontal) 9 black band (horizontal) - - 3.12.2 d160/d161/d170 printing test pattern: sp5-902 some of thes...

  • Page 741

    Test pattern printing sm appendix 3-283 d158/d159/d160/d161/d170 a p p e n d ix : s er vi c e pr o g ra m mo d e t ab le s 6 grid horizontal line 17 checker flag pattern 7 grid pattern small 18 grayscale (vertical) 8 grid pattern large 19 grayscale (horizontal) 9 argyle pattern small 20 full dot pat...

  • Page 742: D684

    D684 ardf df2020 r e v i s i o n h i s t o ry p a g e d a t e ad d e d / u pd a t e d / n e w none.

  • Page 744: Ardf Df2020 (D684)

    Sm i d684 ardf df2020 (d684) table of contents 1. Ardf df2020 (d684) .................................................................... 1 1.1 covers and tray ..................................................................................... 1 1.1.1 rear cover ......................................

  • Page 746: 1.  Ardf Df2020 (D684)

    Covers and tray sm 1 d684 ardf d f 2020 (d 684) 1. Ardf df2020 (d684) 1.1 covers and tray 1.1.1 rear cover 1. Open the left cover [a]. 2. Open the original tray [b]. 3. Rear cover [c] ( x 1, hook x 6).

  • Page 747

    Covers and tray d684 2 sm 1.1.2 front cover and original tray 1. Open the left cover. 2. Rear cover ( p.1 "rear cover") 3. Front cover [a] ( x 1) keep the original tray open when you remove the front cover. 4. Original tray [b] ( x 1, x 1).

  • Page 748

    Document feed components sm 3 d684 ardf d f 2020 (d 684) 1.2 document feed components 1.2.1 original feed unit 1. Open the left cover. 2. Original feed unit [a]. 1.2.2 pick-up roller 1. Open the left cover. 2. Original feed unit ( p.3 "original feed unit") 3. Pick-up roller [a] ( x 1).

  • Page 749

    Document feed components d684 4 sm 1.2.3 feed belt 1. Open the left cover. 2. Original feed unit ( p.3 "original feed unit") 3. Feed belt cover [a] (spring x 1) when reassembling the feed belt cover, make sure that the projection [b] of the feed belt cover is on the guide plate rear [c]. 4. Belt ten...

  • Page 750

    Document feed components sm 5 d684 ardf d f 2020 (d 684) 1.2.4 separation roller 1. Original feed unit ( p.3 "original feed unit") 2. Separation roller cover [a]. 3. Separation roller [b] ( x 1).

  • Page 751

    Electrical components d684 6 sm 1.3 electrical components 1.3.1 ardf drive board and df position sensor 1. Rear cover ( p.1 "rear cover") 2. Ardf drive board [a] ( x 3, all s) 3. Df position sensor with bracket [b] ( x 1, x 1) 4. Df position sensor [c] (hook x 2).

  • Page 752

    Electrical components sm 7 d684 ardf d f 2020 (d 684) 1.3.2 original length sensors and original sensor 1. Original tray ( p.2 "front cover and original tray") 2. Tray cover [a] ( x 3) 3. Original sensor [b] ( x 1) 4. Original length sensors [c] ( x 1 each).

  • Page 753

    Electrical components d684 8 sm 1.3.3 original set sensor 1. Open the left cover. 2. Original feed unit ( p.3 "original feed unit") 3. Original tray ( p.2 "front cover and original tray") 4. Original feed-in guide plate [a] ( x 3). 5. Feed guide [a] 6. Original turn guide plate [a] (hook x 1)..

  • Page 754

    Electrical components sm 9 d684 ardf d f 2020 (d 684) 7. Original set sensor bracket [a] ( x 1) 8. Original set sensor [a].

  • Page 755

    Electrical components d684 10 sm 1.3.4 original size sensors and skew correction sensor 1. Open the left cover. 2. Original feed unit ( p.3 "original feed unit") 3. Original tray ( p.2 "front cover and original tray") 4. Original feed-in guide plate [a] ( x 3). 5. Feed guide [a] 6. Original turn gui...

  • Page 756

    Electrical components sm 11 d684 ardf d f 2020 (d 684) 7. Original width sensors [a] ( x 1 each) and skew correction sensor [b] with bracket ( x 1, x 1).

  • Page 757

    Electrical components d684 12 sm 1.3.5 stamp solenoid 1. Rear cover ( p.1 "rear cover") 2. Stamp solenoid harness [a] ( x 1, x 1) 3. Open the ardf. 4. Remove the platen sheet [a]. 5. Stamp solenoid cover [a] ( x 1) 6. Stamp solenoid [a] ( x 1).

  • Page 758

    Electrical components sm 13 d684 ardf d f 2020 (d 684) 7. Pull out the harness [a]..

  • Page 759

    Electrical components d684 14 sm 1.3.6 original exit sensor 1. Open the left cover. 2. Original feed unit ( p.3 "original feed unit") 3. Original tray ( p.2 "front cover and original tray") 4. Original feed-in guide plate ( p.8 "original set sensor") 5. The original exit sensor is located in the ard...

  • Page 760

    Electrical components sm 15 d684 ardf d f 2020 (d 684) 1.3.7 registration sensor 1. Open the left cover. 2. Original feed unit ( p.3 "original feed unit") 3. Original tray ( p.2 "front cover and original tray") 4. Original feed-in guide plate ( p.8 "original set sensor") 5. Registration sensor [a] (...

  • Page 761: 1.4  Original Feed Drive

    Original feed drive d684 16 sm 1.4 original feed drive 1.4.1 feed motor 1. Rear cover ( p.1 "rear cover") 2. Feed motor harness [a] ( x 1) 3. Harness guide [a] ( x 5) 4. Feed motor with bracket [a] ( x 2, spring [b] x 1).

  • Page 762

    Original feed drive sm 17 d684 ardf d f 2020 (d 684) 5. Feed motor [a] ( x 2).

  • Page 763

    Original feed drive d684 18 sm 1.4.2 pick-up solenoid 1. Rear cover ( p.1 "rear cover") 2. Harness guide ( p.16 "feed motor") 3. Pick-up solenoid [b] ( x 2, x 1) 1.4.3 inverter solenoid 1. Rear cover ( p.1 "rear cover") 2. Harness guide ( p.16 "feed motor") 3. Inverter solenoid [a] ( x 2, x 1, x 1, ...

  • Page 764

    Original feed drive sm 19 d684 ardf d f 2020 (d 684) 1.4.4 feed clutch 1. Rear cover ( p.1 "rear cover") 2. Harness guide ( p.16 "feed motor") 3. Bracket [a] ( x 2, x 3, x 1, bushing x 1, spring x 1) 4. Slide the bracket. 5. Feed clutch [b] ( x 1).

  • Page 765

    Original feed drive d684 20 sm 1.4.5 transport motor 1. Rear cover ( p.1 "rear cover") 2. Harness guide ( p.16 "feed motor") 3. Transport motor [a] ( x 2, x 1).

  • Page 766: D724

    D724 ardf df2030 r e v i s i o n h i s t o ry p ag e dat e ad d ed / upd at ed / new none.

  • Page 768: Ardf Df2030 (D724)

    Sm i d724 ardf df2030 (d724) table of contents 1. Ardf df2030 (d724) ...................................................................... 1 1.1 covers and tray ..................................................................................... 1 1.1.1 rear cover ....................................

  • Page 770: 1.  Ardf Df2030 (D724)

    Covers and tray sm 1 d724 ardf df 2030 (d724) 1. Ardf df2030 (d724) 1.1 covers and tray 1.1.1 rear cover 1. Open the left cover [a]. 2. Open the original tray [b]. 3. Rear cover [c] ( x 1, hook x 6).

  • Page 771

    Covers and tray d724 2 sm 1.1.2 front cover and original tray 1. Open the left cover. 2. Rear cover ( p.1 "rear cover") 3. Front cover [a] ( x 1) keep the original tray open when you remove the front cover. 4. Original tray [b] ( x 1, x 1).

  • Page 772

    Document feed components sm 3 d724 ardf df 2030 (d724) 1.2 document feed components 1.2.1 original feed unit 1. Open the left cover. 2. Original feed unit [a]. 1.2.2 pick-up roller 1. Open the left cover. 2. Original feed unit ( p.3 "original feed unit") 3. Pick-up roller [a] ( x 1).

  • Page 773

    Document feed components d724 4 sm 1.2.3 feed belt 1. Open the left cover. 2. Original feed unit ( p.3 "original feed unit") 3. Feed belt cover [a] (spring x 1) when reassembling the feed belt cover, make sure that the projection [b] of the feed belt cover is on the guide plate rear [c]. 4. Belt ten...

  • Page 774

    Document feed components sm 5 d724 ardf df 2030 (d724) 1.2.4 separation roller 1. Original feed unit ( p.3 "original feed unit"). 2. Separation roller cover [a]. 3. Separation roller [b] ( x 1).

  • Page 775

    Electrical components d724 6 sm 1.3 electrical components 1.3.1 ardf drive board and df position sensor 1. Rear cover ( p.1 "rear cover") 2. Ardf drive board [a] ( x 3, all s) 3. Df position sensor with bracket [b] ( x 1, x 1) 4. Df position sensor [c] (hook x 2).

  • Page 776

    Electrical components sm 7 d724 ardf df 2030 (d724) 1.3.2 original length sensors and original sensor 1. Original tray ( p.2 "front cover and original tray") 2. Tray cover [a] ( x 3) 3. Original sensor [b] ( x 1) 4. Original length sensors [c] ( x 1 each).

  • Page 777

    Electrical components d724 8 sm 1.3.3 original set sensor 1. Open the left cover. 2. Original feed unit ( p.3 "original feed unit") 3. Original tray ( p.2 "front cover and original tray") 4. Original feed-in guide plate [a] ( x 3). 5. Original set sensor bracket [b] ( x 1) 6. Original set sensor [c].

  • Page 778

    Electrical components sm 9 d724 ardf df 2030 (d724) 1.3.4 original size sensors and skew correction sensor 1. Original feed-in guide plate ( p.3 "original feed unit") 2. Original turn guide plate [a] (hook x 1). 3. Original width sensors [b] ( x 1 each) and skew correction sensor [c] with bracket ( ...

  • Page 779

    Electrical components d724 10 sm 1.3.5 stamp solenoid and original exit sensor 1. Open the ardf. 2. Remove the left edge of the platen sheet. 3. Remove the screw ( x 1). 4. Release the hook [a]. 5. Open the original exit guide plate [b] 6. Stamp solenoid [c] ( x 1, x 1) 7. Original exit sensor [d] (...

  • Page 780

    Electrical components sm 11 d724 ardf df 2030 (d724) 1.3.6 registration sensor 1. Open the left cover. 2. Original feed unit ( p.3 "original feed unit") 3. Original tray ( p.2 "front cover and original tray") 4. Original feed-in guide plate ( p.8 "original set sensor") 5. Registration sensor [a] ( x...

  • Page 781: 1.4  Original Feed Drive

    Original feed drive d724 12 sm 1.4 original feed drive 1.4.1 feed motor 1. Rear cover ( p.1 "rear cover") 2. Feed motor with bracket [a] ( x 2, x 1, spring x 1) 3. Feed motor [b] ( x 2).

  • Page 782

    Original feed drive sm 13 d724 ardf df 2030 (d724) 1.4.2 pick-up solenoid 1. Rear cover ( p.1 "rear cover") 2. Harness guide [a] (all s) 3. Pick-up solenoid [b] ( x 2, x 1).

  • Page 783

    Original feed drive d724 14 sm 1.4.3 inverter solenoid 1. Rear cover ( p.1 "rear cover") 2. Harness guide ( p.13 "pick-up solenoid") 3. Inverter solenoid [a] ( x 2, x 1, x 1, gear x 1, gear cover x 1).

  • Page 784

    Original feed drive sm 15 d724 ardf df 2030 (d724) 1.4.4 feed clutch 1. Rear cover ( p.1 "rear cover") 2. Harness guide ( p.13 "pick-up solenoid") 3. Bracket [a] ( x 2, x 3, x 1, bushing x 1, spring x 1) 4. Slide the bracket. 5. Feed clutch [b] ( x 1).

  • Page 785

    Original feed drive d724 16 sm 1.4.5 transport motor 1. Rear cover ( p.1 "rear cover") 2. Harness guide ( p.13 "pick-up solenoid") 3. Left cover sensor with bracket [a] ( x 1, x 1) 4. Transport motor with bracket [b] ( x 2, x 1, spring x 1) 5. Transport motor [c] ( x 2).

  • Page 786: D697

    D697 1 bin tray bn2010 r e v i s i o n h i s t o ry p ag e dat e ad d ed / upd at ed / new none.

  • Page 788: 1 Bin Tray Bn2010 (D697)

    Sm i d697 1 bin tray bn2010 (d697) table of contents 1. Replacement and adjustments .......................................... 1 1.1 electrical components ...................................................................... 1 1.1.1 led lamp ............................................................

  • Page 790: Safety And Symbols

    Safety and symbols replacement procedure safety turn off the main power switch and unplug the machine before beginning any of the replacement procedures in this manual. Symbols used in this manual this manual uses the following symbols. : see or refer to : screws : connector : clip ring : e-ring.

  • Page 792

    Electrical components sm 1 d697 1 bi n t ray bn2010 (d697) 1. Replacement and adjustments 1.1 electrical components 1.1.1 led lamp 1. Sensor cover [a] ( x 2) 2. Pull out the plastic board [b] from the led lamp [a] ( x 1, x 1)..

  • Page 793

    Electrical components d697 2 sm 1.1.2 door open switch 1. Open the 1-bin tray. 2. 1-bin top cover [a] ( x 3) 3. Door open switch [a] ( x 1).

  • Page 794

    Electrical components sm 3 d697 1 bi n t ray bn2010 (d697) 1.1.3 paper sensor 1. Open the 1-bin tray. 2. Push the tab [a] as shown by the arrow in the picture below and open the 1-bin lower cover. 3. Paper sensor [a] ( x 1).

  • Page 795

    Electrical components d697 4 sm 1.1.4 main board 1. Main board [a] ( x 4, x 3).

  • Page 796

    Electrical components sm 5 d697 1 bi n t ray bn2010 (d697) 1.1.5 transport motor 1. 1-bin top cover [a] ( x 3) 1. Main board [a] ( x 4, x 3) 2. Transport motor [a] ( x 2).

  • Page 797: D698

    D698 one tray paper feed unit pb2000 r e v i s i o n h i s t o ry p ag e dat e ad d ed / upd at ed / new none.

  • Page 799: (D698)

    Sm i d698 one tray paper feed unit pb2000 (d698) table of contents 1. Replacement and adjustments .......................................... 1 1.1 covers and roller ................................................................................ 1 1.1.1 covers ..........................................

  • Page 801: Safety And Symbols

    Safety and symbols replacement procedure safety turn off the main power switch and unplug the machine before beginning any of the replacement procedures in this manual. Symbols used in this manual this manual uses the following symbols. : clip ring : screws : connector : clamp : e-ring.

  • Page 803: 1.1  Covers And Roller

    Covers and roller sm 1 d698 o n e t ray p ap er f eed un it p b2000 (d698 ) 1. Replacement and adjustments 1.1 covers and roller 1.1.1 covers 1. Securing brackets [a] ( x 1 each) 2. Rear cover [b] ( x 2) 3. Rear right cover [c] ( x 1) 1.1.2 feed roller 1. Pull out the tray [a] 2. Release the lock le...

  • Page 804: 1.2  Motors And Clutch

    Motors and clutch d698 2 sm 1.2 motors and clutch turn off the main power switch and unplug the machine before beginning any of the procedures in this section. 1.2.1 tray lift motor 1. Rear cover ( p.1 "covers") 2. Tray lift motor with the bracket [a] ( x 3, x 2, x 1) move the lever [b] in the red c...

  • Page 805

    Motors and clutch sm 3 d698 o n e t ray p ap er f eed un it p b2000 (d698 ) 3. Tray lift motor bracket [a] ( x 3) 4. Tray lift motor [b].

  • Page 806

    Motors and clutch d698 4 sm 1.2.2 transport motor 1. Pull out the tray. 2. Rear cover ( p.1 "covers") 3. Rear right cover ( p.1 "covers") 4. Stay [a] ( x 2) 5. Rear right bracket [a] ( x 1) 6. Tray end cover [b] ( x 1, x 2) 7. Transport motor [a] ( x 3, x 1).

  • Page 807

    Motors and clutch sm 5 d698 o n e t ray p ap er f eed un it p b2000 (d698 ).

  • Page 808

    Motors and clutch d698 6 sm 1.2.3 paper feed clutch 1. Rear cover ( p.1 "covers") 2. Rear right bracket ( p.4 "transport motor") 3. Paper feed clutch [a] ( x 1, x 1, x 1) 1.2.4 main board 1. Rear cover ( p.1 "covers") 2. Main board [a] (all s, x 8).

  • Page 809: 1.3  Sensors And Board

    Sensors and board sm 7 d698 o n e t ray p ap er f eed un it p b2000 (d698 ) 1.3 sensors and board turn off the main power switch and unplug the machine before beginning any of the procedures in this section. 1.3.1 paper end sensor 1. Pull out the tray [a] 2. Sensor bracket [b] ( x 1, x 1) 3. Paper e...

  • Page 810

    Sensors and board d698 8 sm 1.3.2 paper size sensors 1. Pull out the tray. 2. Sensor bracket cover [a] ( x 1) 3. Sensor bracket [b] ( x 3, x 2) 4. Paper size sensor (hooks) 1.3.3 tray main board 1. Rear cover ( p.1 "covers") 2. Tray main board [a] (all s, x 4).

  • Page 811: D699

    D699 two tray paper feed unit pb2010 r e v i s i o n h i s t o ry p ag e dat e ad d ed / upd at ed / new none.

  • Page 813: (D699)

    Sm i d699 two tray paper feed unit pb2010 (d699) table of contents 1. Replacement and adjustment ............................................ 1 1.1 covers and roller ................................................................................ 1 1.1.1 covers .........................................

  • Page 814

    D699 ii sm 2.6 paper size detection .......................................................................... 18 2.7 side and end fences ............................................................................ 20 2.7.1 side fences ...................................................................

  • Page 815: Safety And Symbols

    Safety and symbols replacement procedure safety turn off the main power switch and unplug the machine before beginning any of the replacement procedures in this manual. Symbols used in this manual this manual uses the following symbols. : clip ring : screws : connector : clamp : e-ring.

  • Page 817: 1.1  Covers And Roller

    Covers and roller sm 1 d699 t w o t ray p ap er f eed un it p b2010 (p b2010 ) 1. Replacement and adjustment 1.1 covers and roller 1.1.1 covers rear cover 1. Hold brackets [a] ( x 1 each) 2. Rear cover [b] ( x 3) right cover 1. Right cover [a] ( x 2) do not remove the anti-tip components [a] at the ...

  • Page 818

    Covers and roller d699 2 sm 1.1.2 feed roller 1. Pull out the tray [a]. 2. Release the lock lever [b]. 3. Feed roller [c].

  • Page 819: 1.2  Drive Components

    Drive components sm 3 d699 t w o t ray p ap er f eed un it p b2010 (p b2010 ) 1.2 drive components turn off the main power switch and unplug the machine before beginning any of the procedures in this section. 1.2.1 upper feed clutch 1. Rear cover ( p.1 "covers") 2. Bracket [a] ( x 2) 3. Hold bracket...

  • Page 820

    Drive components d699 4 sm 1.2.3 relay clutch 1. Rear cover ( p.1 "covers") 2. Relay clutch [a] ( x 1, x 1) 1.2.4 paper feed motor 1. Rear cover ( p.1 "covers") 2. Tray main board ( p.8 "tray main board") 3. Gear [a] ( x 1) 4. Paper feed motor bracket [b] ( x 5) 5. Paper feed motor [c] ( x 2).

  • Page 821

    Drive components sm 5 d699 t w o t ray p ap er f eed un it p b2010 (p b2010 ) 1.2.5 lift motors upper lift motor 1. Rear cover ( p.1 "covers") 2. Spring [a] (snap ring x 1, spacer x 1) 3. Lift motor bracket [b] ( x 3, x 1) 4. Upper lift motor [c] ( x 3) lower lift motor 1. Rear cover ( p.1 "covers")...

  • Page 822

    Electrical components d699 6 sm 1.3 electrical components turn off the main power switch and unplug the machine before beginning any of the procedures in this section. 1.3.1 vertical transport sensor 1. Open the tray cover [a]. 2. Guide plate [b] ( x 2) 3. Sensor bracket [c] ( x 1, x 1) 4. Vertical ...

  • Page 823

    Electrical components sm 7 d699 t w o t ray p ap er f eed un it p b2010 (p b2010 ) 1.3.3 paper size sensors 1. Pull out the two trays. 2. Sensor bracket cover [a] ( x 1) 3. Sensor bracket [b] ( x 3, x 2) 4. Paper size sensors (hooks).

  • Page 824

    Electrical components d699 8 sm 1.3.4 tray main board 1. Rear cover ( p.1 "covers") 2. Tray main board [a] ( x 4, all 's).

  • Page 825: 2.1  Component Layout

    Component layout sm 9 d699 t w o t ray p ap er f eed un it p b2010 (p b2010 ) 2. Detailed section descriptions 2.1 component layout 2.1.1 mechanical component layout 1. Upper paper feed roller 2. Lower paper feed roller 3. Lower bottom plate 4. Optional tray heater 5. Lower tray 6. Upper tray 7. Upp...

  • Page 826

    Component layout d699 10 sm 2.1.2 electrical component layout.

  • Page 827

    Component layout sm 11 d699 t w o t ray p ap er f eed un it p b2010 (p b2010 ) 1. Paper size sensor 2. Paper size sensor 3. Paper size sensor 4. Tray lift motor 5. Tray set switch 6. Paper feed clutch 7. Relay clutch 8. Right door switch 9. Paper pressure revision sensor 10. Tray lift sensor 11. Rel...

  • Page 828

    Component layout d699 12 sm 2.1.3 electrical component description symbol name function index no. Motors m1 transport motor drives all rollers. 14 m2 tray lift motor lifts the upper tray bottom plate. 4 m3 tray lift motor lifts the lower tray bottom plate. 16 sensors s1 paper pressure revision senso...

  • Page 829

    Component layout sm 13 d699 t w o t ray p ap er f eed un it p b2010 (p b2010 ) sw3 tray set switch detects whether the lower tray is opened or not. 20 magnetic clutches mc1 paper feed clutch starts paper feed from the upper tray. 6 mc2 paper feed clutch starts paper feed from the lower tray. 17 mc3 ...

  • Page 830

    Paper feed and separation mechanism d699 14 sm 2.2 paper feed and separation mechanism the paper tray holds 500 sheets. The paper feed roller [a] drives the top sheet of paper from the paper tray to the copier/printer. The friction pad [b] allows only one sheet to feed at a time. The friction pad ap...

  • Page 831

    Paper lift mechanism sm 15 d699 t w o t ray p ap er f eed un it p b2010 (p b2010 ) 2.3 paper lift mechanism the paper size switch detects when the tray is pushed in. When the paper tray is pushed into the machine, the pin [a] for the lift motor pressure shaft engages the lift motor coupling [b] and ...

  • Page 832: 2.4  Paper End Detection

    Paper end detection d699 16 sm 2.4 paper end detection if there is some paper in the paper tray, the paper stack raises the paper end feeler [a] and the paper end sensor [b] is deactivated. When the paper tray runs out of paper, the paper end feeler drops into the cutout [c] in the tray bottom plate...

  • Page 833

    Paper height detection sm 17 d699 t w o t ray p ap er f eed un it p b2010 (p b2010 ) 2.5 paper height detection the amount of paper in the tray is detected by the combination of on/off signals from two paper height sensors [a] and [b]. When the amount of paper decreases, the bottom plate pressure le...

  • Page 834: 2.6  Paper Size Detection

    Paper size detection d699 18 sm 2.6 paper size detection there are three paper size sensors [a] (sn1, sn2 and sn3) on the paper tray unit. Each paper tray has its own actuator [b], with a unique combination of notches. This actuator is moved when the paper end fence [c] is adjusted for the installed...

  • Page 835

    Paper size detection sm 19 d699 t w o t ray p ap er f eed un it p b2010 (p b2010 ) dlt lef 11" x 17" on on off b4 lef* 257 x 364 on on on lg lef 8 1 / 2 " x 14" on on on a4 lef 210 x 297 off off on lt lef 8 1 / 2 " x 11" off off off b5 lef 182 x 257 on off off a4 sef* 297 x 210 off on on lt sef 11" ...

  • Page 836: 2.7  Side And End Fences

    Side and end fences d699 20 sm 2.7 side and end fences 2.7.1 side fences if the tray is full of paper and it is pushed in strongly, the fences may deform or bend. This may cause the paper to skew or the side-to-side registration to be incorrect. To correct this, each side fence has a stopper [a] att...

  • Page 837: D702

    D702 fax option type m1 r e v i s i o n h i s t o ry p ag e dat e ad d ed / upd at ed / new none.

  • Page 839: Fax Option Type M1 (D702)

    Sm i d702 fax option type m1 (d702) table of contents 1. Installation ................................................................................ 1 1.1 fax option installation ....................................................................... 1 1.1.1 component check ..........................

  • Page 840

    4.2.6 sp6-xxx (reports) ........................................................................ 55 4.2.7 sp7-xxx (tests) .............................................................................. 56 4.3 bit switches - 1 ..............................................................................

  • Page 841: Read This First

    Read this first important safety notices never install telephone wiring during a lightning storm. Never install telephone jacks in wet locations unless the jack is specifically designed for wet locations. Never touch uninsulated telephone wires or terminals unless the telephone line has been disconn...

  • Page 842: Symbols And Abbreviations

    Symbols and abbreviations conventions used in this manual this manual uses several symbols. Symbol what it means see or refer to screws connector e-ring clip ring clamp [a] short edge feed (sef) [b] long edge feed (lef) cautions, notes, etc. The following headings provide special information: failur...

  • Page 843: 1.  Installation

    Fax option installation sm 1 d702 f a x op ti on t ype m1 (d702) 1. Installation 1.1 fax option installation 1.1.1 component check check the quantity and condition of the components against the following list. No. Description q'ty 1 fcu 1 2 telephone cable (na only) 1 3 screw 6 4 fax decal for opera...

  • Page 844

    Fax option installation d702 2 sm 1.1.2 fax option installation procedure before installation: if there is a printer option in the machine, print out all data in the printer buffer. Turn the main switch on to put the machine in standby mode. Make sure the power led is off, turn the main switch off, ...

  • Page 845

    Fax option installation sm 3 d702 f a x op ti on t ype m1 (d702) 2. Controller slot cover [a] ( x1) 3. Four screws [b] 4. Three screws small arrows carved in the frame indicate the screws to remove. 1. Slide the controller board [a] to the left and pull as shown..

  • Page 846

    Fax option installation d702 4 sm 2. Detach the fcu from the speaker bracket ( x 3) 3. Insert the grounding plate (3-tip) [a] between the bracket and the fcu. 4. Reattach the fcu. 5. Attach the grounding plate (2-tip) [a] on the back of the fcu ( x1). 6. Attach the fcu to the controller board as sho...

  • Page 847

    Fax option installation sm 5 d702 f a x op ti on t ype m1 (d702) make sure that the fcu is seated correctly. If not, sc672 occurs. 1. Remove the jumper [a] (set to off) and set it to on. The machine may issue sc819 or sc820 if the jumper is not set to "on" correctly. 1. For installation in brazil, m...

  • Page 848

    Fax option installation d702 6 sm 3. Install the controller board in the machine 4. Fasten the five circled screws..

  • Page 849

    Fax option installation sm 7 d702 f a x op ti on t ype m1 (d702) the arrow in the picture above indicates the screw that is added to fasten the fcu. 1. Attach the board cover [a] as shown below. ( x 4) 2. Connect the telephone cord to the line jack. 3. Attach the fax decal near the function key on t...

  • Page 850: 1.2  Fax Unit Options

    Fax unit options d702 8 sm 1.2 fax unit options 1.2.1 handset (d645) the optional handset is available for the u.S. Version only. 1. Make two screw holes in the upper left cover. 2. Install the bracket [a]. 3. Install the cradle. 4. Install the handset. 5. Cut away the knockout for tel and insert th...

  • Page 851

    Fax unit options sm 9 d702 f a x op ti on t ype m1 (d702).

  • Page 852: 2.1  Fcu

    Fcu d702 10 sm 2. Replacement and adjustment 2.1 fcu 2.1.1 sram data transfer procedure when you replace the fcu board, transfer the sram data from the old fcu board to the new fcu board. Do the following procedure to back up the sram data. The following data can be transfered: tti, rti, csi, fax bi...

  • Page 853

    Fcu sm 11 d702 f a x op ti on t ype m1 (d702) small arrows carved in the frame indicate the screws to remove. 1. Slide the engine board [a] to the left as shown, to detach it from the controller board [b]. 2. Controller slot cover [a] ( x1) 3. Four screws [b].

  • Page 854

    Fcu d702 12 sm 4. Three screws small arrows carved in the frame indicate the screws to remove. 1. Slide the controller board [a] to the left and pull as shown. 2. Detach the fcu board. 3. Speaker bracket [a] ( x 3, x 1)..

  • Page 855

    Fcu sm 13 d702 f a x op ti on t ype m1 (d702) 4. Grounding plate (3-tip) [a]. 5. Grounding plate (2-tip) [a] on the back of the fcu ( x 1)..

  • Page 856

    Fcu d702 14 sm 6. Attach the speaker bracket, grounding plate (3-tip), and grounding plate (2-tip) to the new fcu ( x 3, x 1) (removed in steps 10-12). 7. Move the jumper switch [a] of the new fcu board from "off" to "on". 8. Connect a flat flexible cable [a] to the new fcu board. This cable is ship...

  • Page 857

    Fcu sm 15 d702 f a x op ti on t ype m1 (d702) the green side [b] of the flat flexible cable must face outwards as shown above. 9. Attach the fcu to the controller board as shown. Make sure that the fcu is seated correctly. If not, sc672 occurs. 10. Install the controller board in the machine. 11. At...

  • Page 858

    Fcu d702 16 sm 12. Connect the flat flexible cable to the old fcu board [a]. 13. Turn on the main power switch. 14. Sram data transmission starts. When the transmission is completed, you will hear a beeper sound. The beeper sound is the same volume as the speaker sound. The beeper sounds even if the...

  • Page 859

    Fcu sm 17 d702 f a x op ti on t ype m1 (d702) 18. Attach the board cover [a] as shown below. ( x 4) 19. Turn on the main power switch, then do sp6-101 to print the system parameter list. 20. Check the system parameter list to make sure that the data was transferred correctly. 21. Set the correct dat...

  • Page 860: 3.  Troubleshooting

    Error codes d702 18 sm 3. Troubleshooting 3.1 error codes if an error code occurs, retry the communication. If the same problem occurs, try to fix the problem as suggested below. Note that some error codes appear only in the error code display and on the service report. Code meaning suggested cause/...

  • Page 861

    Error codes sm 19 d702 f a x op ti on t ype m1 (d702) code meaning suggested cause/action 0-05 modem training fails even g3 shifts down to 2400 bps. Check the line connection. Try adjusting the tx level and/or cable equalizer. Replace the fcu. Check for line problems. Cross reference see error code ...

  • Page 862

    Error codes d702 20 sm code meaning suggested cause/action 0-08 the other end sent rtn or pin after receiving a page, because there were too many errors check the line connection. Replace the fcu. The other end may have jammed, or run out of paper or memory space. Try adjusting the tx level and/or c...

  • Page 863

    Error codes sm 21 d702 f a x op ti on t ype m1 (d702) code meaning suggested cause/action 0-16 cfr or ftt not detected after modem training in confidential or transfer mode check the line connection. Replace the fcu. Try adjusting the tx level and/or cable equalizer settings. The other end may have ...

  • Page 864

    Error codes d702 22 sm code meaning suggested cause/action 0-22 the signal from the other end was interrupted for more than the acceptable modem carrier drop time (default: 200 ms) check the line connection. Replace the fcu. Defective remote terminal. Check for line noise or other line problems. Try...

  • Page 865

    Error codes sm 23 d702 f a x op ti on t ype m1 (d702) code meaning suggested cause/action 0-33 the data reception (not ecm) is not completed within 10 minutes. Check the line connection. The other terminal may have a defective modem/fcu. 0-52 polarity changed during communication check the line conn...

  • Page 866

    Error codes d702 24 sm code meaning suggested cause/action 0-77 the called terminal fell back to t.30 mode, because it could not detect a cj in response to jm (jm timeout). The calling terminal could not detect a jm due to noise, etc. A network that has narrow bandwidth cannot pass jm to the other e...

  • Page 867

    Error codes sm 25 d702 f a x op ti on t ype m1 (d702) code meaning suggested cause/action 0-85 the line was disconnected due to abnormal signaling in v.34 control channel restart. The signal did not stop within 10 s. Turn off the main power switch, then turn it back on. If the same error is frequent...

  • Page 868

    Error codes d702 26 sm code meaning suggested cause/action 2-27 jbig data reconstruction error (end marker error) 2-28 jbig data reconstruction error (timeout) 2-29 jbig trailing edge maker error fcu defective check the destination device. 2-50 the machine resets itself for a fatal fcu system error ...

  • Page 869

    Error codes sm 27 d702 f a x op ti on t ype m1 (d702) code meaning suggested cause/action 6-01 g3 ecm - no v.21 signal was received 6-02 g3 ecm - eor was received 6-04 g3 ecm - rtc not detected check the line connection. Check for a bad line or defective remote terminal. Replace the fcu. 6-05 g3 ecm...

  • Page 870

    Error codes d702 28 sm code meaning suggested cause/action 6-99 v.21 signal not stopped within 6 s replace the fcu. 13-17 sip user name registration error double registration of the sip user name. Capacity for user-name registration in the sip server is not sufficient. 13-18 sip server access error ...

  • Page 871

    Error codes sm 29 d702 f a x op ti on t ype m1 (d702) code meaning suggested cause/action 13-38 an error due to ngn being temporarily unavailable 13-39 failed to receive a response from the connected device check the lan cable connection. Check the user's connection environment and solve any problem...

  • Page 872

    Error codes d702 30 sm code meaning suggested cause/action 14-03 access to smtp server denied (450) failed to access the smtp server because the access is denied. Smtp server operating incorrectly. Contact the system administrator to determine if there is a problem with the smtp server and to check ...

  • Page 873

    Error codes sm 31 d702 f a x op ti on t ype m1 (d702) code meaning suggested cause/action 14-05 smtp server hdd full (452) failed to access the smtp server because the hdd on the server is full. Insufficient free space on the hdd of the smtp server. Contact the system administrator and check the amo...

  • Page 874

    Error codes d702 32 sm code meaning suggested cause/action 14-09 authorization failed for sending to smtp server pop-before-smtp or smtp authorization failed. Incorrect setting for file transfer 14-10 addresses exceeded number of broadcast addresses exceeded the limit for the smtp server. 14-11 buff...

  • Page 875

    Error codes sm 33 d702 f a x op ti on t ype m1 (d702) code meaning suggested cause/action 14-22 destination certificate is invalid in s/mime transmission register the correct destination certificate. 14-23 device certificate is invalid in s/mime transmission register the correct device certificate. ...

  • Page 876

    Error codes d702 34 sm code meaning suggested cause/action 14-51 ucs destination download error not even one return notification can be downloaded: the address book was being edited. The number for the specified destination does not exist (it was deleted or edited after the job was created). 14-60 s...

  • Page 877

    Error codes sm 35 d702 f a x op ti on t ype m1 (d702) code meaning suggested cause/action 15-14 mail header format error the mail header is not standard format. For example, the date line description is incorrect. 15-15 mail divide error the e-mail is not in standard format. There is no boundary bet...

  • Page 878

    Error codes d702 36 sm code meaning suggested cause/action 15-62 tiff file compatibility error could not receive transmission due to: resolution error image of resolution greater than 200 dpi without extended memory. Resolution is not supported. Page size error the page size was larger than a3. Comp...

  • Page 879

    Error codes sm 37 d702 f a x op ti on t ype m1 (d702) code meaning suggested cause/action 15-81 repeated destination registration error could not repeat receive the transmission because the destination buffer is full and the destination could not be created (this error may occur when receiving a tra...

  • Page 880

    Error codes d702 38 sm code meaning suggested cause/action 22-01 memory overflow while receiving wait for the files in the queue to be sent. Delete unnecessary files from memory. Transfer the substitute reception files to an another fax machine, if the machine’s printer is busy or out of order. Add ...

  • Page 881

    Error codes sm 39 d702 f a x op ti on t ype m1 (d702) code meaning suggested cause/action 31-06 rp-a header error bft file format error bft file accumulation error a bug detected in the rp-a1 header-search algorithm for bft files check the fcu board/printer board/driver 31-07 remote printer capacity...

  • Page 882: 3.2  Ifax Troubleshooting

    Ifax troubleshooting d702 40 sm 3.2 ifax troubleshooting use the following procedures to determine whether the machine or another part of the network is causing the problem. Communication route item action [remarks] general lan 1. Connection with the lan check that the lan cable is connected to the ...

  • Page 883

    Ifax troubleshooting sm 41 d702 f a x op ti on t ype m1 (d702) communication route item action [remarks] 2. E-mail account on the server make sure that the machine can log into the e-mail server. Check that the account and password stored in the server are the same as in the machine. [ask the admini...

  • Page 884

    Ifax troubleshooting d702 42 sm communication route item action [remarks] 4. Router settings use the “ping” command to contact the router. Check that other devices connected to the router can sent data over the router. [ask the administrator of the server to check.] 5. Error message by e-mail from t...

  • Page 885

    Ip-fax troubleshooting sm 43 d702 f a x op ti on t ype m1 (d702) 3.3 ip-fax troubleshooting 3.3.1 ip-fax transmission cannot send by ip address/host name check point action 1 lan cable connected? Check the lan cable connection. 2 specified ip address/host name correct? Check the ip address/host name...

  • Page 886

    Ip-fax troubleshooting d702 44 sm cannot send via voip gateway check point action 1 lan cable connected? Check the lan cable connection. 2 voip gateway t.38 standard? Contact the network administrator. 3 voip gateway installed correctly? Contact the network administrator. 4 voip gateway power switch...

  • Page 887

    Ip-fax troubleshooting sm 45 d702 f a x op ti on t ype m1 (d702) cannot send by alias fax number. Check point action 1 lan cable connected? Check the lan cable connection. 2 number of specified alias fax correct? Confirm the alias of the remote fax. Error code: 13-14 3 firewall/nat installed? Cannot...

  • Page 888

    Ip-fax troubleshooting d702 46 sm 3.3.2 ip-fax reception cannot receive via ip address/host name. Check point action 1 lan cable connected? Check the lan cable connection. 2 firewall/nat is installed? Cannot breach the firewall. Send by using another method (fax, internet fax) 3 ip address of local ...

  • Page 889

    Ip-fax troubleshooting sm 47 d702 f a x op ti on t ype m1 (d702) cannot receive by voip gateway. Check point action 1 lan cable connected? Check the lan cable connection. 2 firewall/nat is installed? Cannot breach the firewall. Request the remote fax to send by using another method (fax, internet fa...

  • Page 890

    Ip-fax troubleshooting d702 48 sm cannot receive by alias fax number. Check point action 1 lan cable connected? Check the lan cable connection. 2 firewall/nat is installed? Cannot the breach firewall. Request the remote fax to send by using another method (fax, internet fax) 3 gatekeeper/sip server ...

  • Page 891

    Ip-fax troubleshooting sm 49 d702 f a x op ti on t ype m1 (d702) lower the start modem reception baud rate on the receiving side. Ipfax sw06 11 remote fax cancelled transmission? Check whether the remote fax cancelled the transmission. 12 local fax registered in gatekeeper/sip server? Contact the ne...

  • Page 892: 4.  Service Tables

    Cautions d702 50 sm 4. Service tables 4.1 cautions never turn off the main power switch when the power led is lit or flashing. To avoid damaging the hard disk or memory, press the operation power switch to switch the power off, wait for the power led to go off, and then switch the main power switch ...

  • Page 893

    Service program tables sm 51 d702 f a x op ti on t ype m1 (d702) 4.2 service program tables 4.2.1 sp1-xxx (bit switches) 1 mode no. Function 101 system switch 001 – 032 00 – 1f change the bit switches for system settings for the fax option p.57 "bit switches - 1" 102 ifax switch 001 – 016 00 – 0f ch...

  • Page 894

    Service program tables d702 52 sm 4.2.2 sp2-xxx (ram data) 2 mode no. Function 101 ram read/write 001 change ram data for the fax board directly. 102 memory dump 001 g3-1 memory dump print out ram data for the fax board. 103 g3-1 ncu parameters 001 – 023 cc, 01 – 22 ncu parameter settings for the st...

  • Page 895

    Service program tables sm 53 d702 f a x op ti on t ype m1 (d702) 4.2.3 sp3-xxx (tel line settings) 3 mode no. Function 101 service station 001 fax number enter the fax number of the service station. 102 serial number 000 enter the fax unit’s serial number. 103 pstn-1 port settings 001 select line se...

  • Page 896

    Service program tables d702 54 sm 4.2.4 sp4-xxx (rom versions) 4 mode no. Function 101 001 fcu rom version displays the fcu rom version. 102 001 error codes displays the latest 64 fax error codes. 103 001 g3-1 rom version displays the g3-1 modem version. 4.2.5 sp5-xxx (ram clear) 5 mode no. Function...

  • Page 897

    Service program tables sm 55 d702 f a x op ti on t ype m1 (d702) 4.2.6 sp6-xxx (reports) 6 mode no. Function 101 system parameter list 000 - touch the “on” button to print the system parameter list. 102 service monitor report 000 - touch the “on” button to print the service monitor report. 103 g3 pr...

  • Page 898

    Service program tables d702 56 sm 009 fax driver 010 g3ccu 011 fax job 012 ccu 013 scanner condition 108 ip protocol dump list 001 all communications prints the protocol dump list of all communications for the ip fax line. 002 1 communication prints the protocol dump list of the last communication f...

  • Page 899: 4.3  Bit Switches - 1

    Bit switches - 1 sm 57 d702 f a x op ti on t ype m1 (d702) 4.3 bit switches - 1 do not adjust a bit switch or use a setting that is described as "not used", as this may cause the machine to malfunction or to operate in a manner that is not accepted by local regulations. Such bits are for use only in...

  • Page 900

    Bit switches - 1 d702 58 sm rx level calculation example: the four-digit hexadecimal value (n) after "l" indicates the rx level. The high byte is given first, followed by the low byte. Divide the decimal value of n by -16 to get the rx level. In the above example, the decimal value of n (= 0100 [h])...

  • Page 901

    Bit switches - 1 sm 59 d702 f a x op ti on t ype m1 (d702) g3 communication parameters modem rate 336: 33600 bps 168: 16800 bps 312: 31200 bps 144: 14400 bps 288: 28800 bps 120: 12000 bps 264: 26400 bps 96: 9600 bps 240: 24000 bps 72: 7200 bps 216: 21600 bps 48: 4800 bps 192: 19200 bps 24: 2400 bps ...

  • Page 902

    Bit switches - 1 d702 60 sm system switch 02 (sp no. 1-101-003) no function comments 2 forced reset after transmission stalls 0: off 1: on with this setting on, the machine resets itself automatically if a transmission stalls and fails to complete the job. 4 file retention time 0: depends on user pa...

  • Page 903

    Bit switches - 1 sm 61 d702 f a x op ti on t ype m1 (d702) system switch 04 (sp no. 1-101-005) no function comments 3 printing dedicated tx parameters on quick/speed dial lists 0: disabled 1: enabled 1: each quick/speed dial number on the list is printed with the dedicated tx parameters (10 bytes ea...

  • Page 904

    Bit switches - 1 d702 62 sm system switch 09 (sp no. 1-101-010) no function comments 0 addition of image data from confidential transmissions on the transmission result report 0: disabled 1: enabled if this feature is enabled, the top half of the first page of confidential messages will be printed o...

  • Page 905

    Bit switches - 1 sm 63 d702 f a x op ti on t ype m1 (d702) 7 priority given to various types of remote terminal id when printing reports 0: rti > csi > dial label > tel. Number 1: dial label > tel. Number > rti > csi this bit determines which set of priorities the machine uses when listing remote te...

  • Page 906

    Bit switches - 1 d702 64 sm system switch 0e (sp no. 1-101-015) no function comments 2 enable/disable for direct sending selection 0: direct sending off 1: direct sending on direct sending cannot operate when the capture function is on during sending. Setting this switch to "1" enables direct sendin...

  • Page 907

    Bit switches - 1 sm 65 d702 f a x op ti on t ype m1 (d702) 0d: holland 21: greece 0e: spain 22: hungary 0f: israel 23: czech 10: --- 24: poland 11: usa system switch 10 (sp no. 1-101-017) no function comments 0-7 threshold memory level for parallel memory transmission threshold = n x 128 kb + 256 kb...

  • Page 908

    Bit switches - 1 d702 66 sm system switch 12 (sp no. 1-101-019) no function comments 0-7 tti printing position in the main scan direction tti: 08 to 92 (bcd) mm input even numbers only. This setting determines the print start position for the tti from the left edge of the paper. If the tti is moved ...

  • Page 909

    Bit switches - 1 sm 67 d702 f a x op ti on t ype m1 (d702) system switch 16 (sp no. 1-101-023) no function comments 0 parallel broadcasting 0: disabled 1: enabled 1: the machine sends messages simultaneously using all available ports during broadcasting. If a customer wants to keep a line available ...

  • Page 910

    Bit switches - 1 d702 68 sm system switch 1a (sp no. 1-101-027) no function comments 0 to 7 ls rx memory capacity threshold setting 00-ff (0-1020 kbyte: hex) sets the value to x4kb. When the amount of available memory drops below this setting, rx documents are printed to conserve memory. Initial set...

  • Page 911

    Bit switches - 1 sm 69 d702 f a x op ti on t ype m1 (d702) 1 action when the saf memory has become full during scanning 0: the current page is erased. 1: the entire file is erased. 0: if the saf memory becomes full during scanning for a memory transmission, the successfully scanned pages are transmi...

  • Page 912

    Bit switches - 1 d702 70 sm system switch 1f (sp no. 1-101-032) no function comments 1 report printout after an original jam during saf storage or if the saf memory fills up 0: enabled 1: disabled 0: when an original jams, or the saf memory overflows during scanning, a report will be printed. Change...

  • Page 913: 4.4  Bit Switches - 2

    Bit switches - 2 sm 71 d702 f a x op ti on t ype m1 (d702) 4.4 bit switches - 2 do not adjust a bit switch or use a setting that is described as "not used", as this may cause the machine to malfunction or to operate in a manner that is not accepted by local regulations. Such bits are for use only in...

  • Page 914

    Bit switches - 2 d702 72 sm i-fax switch 01 (sp no. 1-102-002) no function comments original line resolution of tx attachment file these settings set the maximum resolution of the original that the destination can receive. 0 200x100 standard 0: not selected 1: selected if more than one of these thre...

  • Page 915

    Bit switches - 2 sm 73 d702 f a x op ti on t ype m1 (d702) i-fax switch 02 (sp no. 1-102-003) no function comments 0 rx text mail header processing this setting determines whether the header information is printed with text e-mails when they are received. 0: prints only text mail. 1: prints mail hea...

  • Page 916

    Bit switches - 2 d702 74 sm 4 media accept feature this setting adds or does not add the media accept feature to the answer mail to confirm a reception. 0: does not add the media accept feature to the answer mail 1: adds the media accept feature to the answer mail. Use this bit switch if a problem o...

  • Page 917

    Bit switches - 2 sm 75 d702 f a x op ti on t ype m1 (d702) 1 subject corresponding to mail post database 0: standard subject 1: mail post database subject the standard subject is replaced by the mail post database subject in the following three cases: 1) when the service technician sets the service ...

  • Page 918

    Bit switches - 2 d702 76 sm i-fax switch 08 (sp no. 1-102-009) no function comments 0-7 memory threshold for pop mail reception this setting determines the amount of saf (store and forward) memory. (saf stores fax messages to send later for transmission to more than one location, and also holds inco...

  • Page 919

    Bit switches - 2 sm 77 d702 f a x op ti on t ype m1 (d702) i-fax switch 0f (sp no. 1-102-016) no function comments 0 delivery method for smtp rx files this setting determines whether files received with smtp protocol are delivered or output immediately. 0: off. Files received via smtp are output imm...

  • Page 920

    Bit switches - 2 d702 78 sm 4.4.2 printer switches printer switch 00 (sp no. 1-103-001) no function comments 0 select page separation marks 0: off 1: on 0: if a 2 page rx transmission is split, [*] is printed in the bottom right corner of the 1st page and only a [2] is printed in the upper right cor...

  • Page 921

    Bit switches - 2 sm 79 d702 f a x op ti on t ype m1 (d702) printer switch 01 (sp no. 1-103-002) 3-4 maximum print width used in the setup protocol these bits are only effective when bit 7 of printer switch 01 is "1". Bit 4 bit 3 setting 0 0 not used 0 1 a3 1 0 b4 1 1 a4 7 received message width rest...

  • Page 922

    Bit switches - 2 d702 80 sm 2 3rd paper feed station usage for fax printing 0: enabled 1: disabled which is used for the specified cassette selection feature. 3 4th paper feed station usage for fax printing 0: enabled 1: disabled 4 lct usage for fax printing 0: enabled 1: disabled printer switch 03 ...

  • Page 923

    Bit switches - 2 sm 81 d702 f a x op ti on t ype m1 (d702) printer switch 04 (sp no. 1-103-005) no function comments 0 to 4 maximum reducible length when length reduction is enabled with switch 03-0 above. [maximum reducible length] = [paper length] + (n x 5mm) "n" is the decimal value of the binary...

  • Page 924

    Bit switches - 2 d702 82 sm printer switch 07 (sp no. 1-103-008) no function comments 4 list of destinations in the communication failure report for broadcasting 0: all destinations 1: only destinations where communication failure occurred 1: only destinations where communication failure occurred ar...

  • Page 925

    Bit switches - 2 sm 83 d702 f a x op ti on t ype m1 (d702) 7 equalizing the reduction ratio among separated pages (page separation) 0: enabled 1: disabled 0: when page separation has taken place, all the pages are reduced with the same reduction ratio. 1: only the last page is reduced to fit the sel...

  • Page 926: 4.5  Bit Switches - 3

    Bit switches - 3 d702 84 sm 4.5 bit switches - 3 do not adjust a bit switch or use a setting that is described as "not used", as this may cause the machine to malfunction or to operate in a manner that is not accepted by local regulations. Such bits are for use only in other areas, such as japan. De...

  • Page 927

    Bit switches - 3 sm 85 d702 f a x op ti on t ype m1 (d702) 7 closed network (reception) 0: disabled 1: enabled 1: reception will not go ahead if the polling id code of the remote terminal does not match the polling id code of the local terminal. This function is only available in nsf/nss mode. Commu...

  • Page 928

    Bit switches - 3 d702 86 sm communication switch 02 (sp no. 1-104-003) no function comments 0 g3 burst error threshold 0: low 1: high if there are more consecutive error lines in the received page than the threshold, the machine will send a negative response. The low and high threshold values depend...

  • Page 929

    Bit switches - 3 sm 87 d702 f a x op ti on t ype m1 (d702) communication switch 04 (sp no. 1-104-005) no function comments 0 remote mode switch (tel mode) 0: disable 1: enable (active) set this bit to on when you wish to switch tel mode to fax mode remotely. 1 remote mode switch (fax mode) 0: disabl...

  • Page 930

    Bit switches - 3 d702 88 sm communication switch 0a (sp no. 1-104-011) no function comments 0 point of resumption of memory transmission upon redialing 0: from the error page 1: from page 1 0: the transmission begins from the page where transmission failed the previous time. 1: transmission begins f...

  • Page 931

    Bit switches - 3 sm 89 d702 f a x op ti on t ype m1 (d702) communication switch 10 (sp no. 1-104-017) no function comments 0-7 memory transmission: maximum number of dialing attempts to the same destination 01 – fe (hex) times communication switch 12 (sp no. 1-104-019) no function comments 0-7 memor...

  • Page 932

    Bit switches - 3 d702 90 sm communication switch 17 (sp no. 1-104-024) no function comments 0 sep reception 0: disabled 1: enabled 0: polling transmission to another maker's machine using the sep (selective polling) signal is disabled. 1 sub reception 0: disabled 1: enabled 0: confidential reception...

  • Page 933

    Bit switches - 3 sm 91 d702 f a x op ti on t ype m1 (d702) communication switch 1b (sp no. 1-104-028) no function comments 0-7 extension access code (0 to 7) to turn v.8 protocol on/off 0: on 1: off if the pabx does not support v.8/v.34 protocol procedure, set this bit to "1" to disable v.8. Example...

  • Page 934: 4.6  Bit Switches - 4

    Bit switches - 4 d702 92 sm 4.6 bit switches - 4 do not adjust a bit switch or use a setting that is described as "not used", as this may cause the machine to malfunction or to operate in a manner that is not accepted by local regulations. Such bits are for use only in other areas, such as japan. De...

  • Page 935

    Bit switches - 4 sm 93 d702 f a x op ti on t ype m1 (d702) g3 switch 02 (sp no. 1-105-003) no function comments 0 g3 protocol mode used 0: standard and non-standard 1: standard only change this bit to 1 only when the other end can only communicate with machines that send t.30-standard frames only. 1...

  • Page 936

    Bit switches - 4 d702 94 sm 4 ctc transmission conditions 0: after one ppr signal received 1: after four ppr signals received (itu-t standard) 0: when using ecm in non-standard (nsf/nss) mode, the machine sends a ctc to drop back the modem rate after receiving a ppr, if the following condition is me...

  • Page 937

    Bit switches - 4 sm 95 d702 f a x op ti on t ype m1 (d702) g3 switch 05 (sp no. 1-105-006) no function comments 0-3 initial tx modem rate (kbps) these bits set the initial starting modem rate for transmission. Use the dedicated transmission parameters if you need to change this for specific receiver...

  • Page 938

    Bit switches - 4 d702 96 sm 0 1 1 1 16.8 v.8 protocol on/off - g3 switch 03, bit2 1 0 0 0 19.2 1 0 0 1 21.6 1 0 1 0 24.0 1 0 1 1 26.4 1 1 0 0 28.8 1 1 0 1 31.2 other settings - not used 4-7 modem types available for reception the setting of these bits is used to inform the transmitting terminal of t...

  • Page 939

    Bit switches - 4 sm 97 d702 f a x op ti on t ype m1 (d702) 2-3 pstn cable equalizer (rx mode: internal) use a higher setting if there is signal loss at higher frequencies because of the length of wire between the modem and the telephone exchange. Also, try using the cable equalizer if one or more of...

  • Page 940

    Bit switches - 4 d702 98 sm g3 switch 0a (sp no. 1-105-011) no function comments 0-1 maximum allowable carrier drop during image data reception these bits set the acceptable modem carrier drop time. Try a longer setting if error code 0-22 is frequent. Bit 1 bit 0 value (ms) 0 0 200 0 1 400 1 0 800 1...

  • Page 941

    Bit switches - 4 sm 99 d702 f a x op ti on t ype m1 (d702) g3 switch 0e (sp no. 1-105-015) no function comments 0-7 set cng send time interval some machines on the receiving side may not be able to automatically switch the 3-second cng interval. High order bit 3000-2250ms: 3000-50xnms 3000 – 50 x nm...

  • Page 942: 4.7  Bit Switches - 6

    Bit switches - 6 d702 100 sm 4.7 bit switches - 6 do not adjust a bit switch or use a setting that is described as "not used", as this may cause the machine to malfunction or to operate in a manner that is not accepted by local regulations. Such bits are for use only in other areas, such as japan. D...

  • Page 943

    Bit switches - 6 sm 101 d702 f a x op ti on t ype m1 (d702) ip fax switch 01 (sp no. 1-111-002) no. Function comments 0-3 ip fax delay level setting selects the acceptable delay level. Level 0 is the highest quality default is "0000" (level 0). Bit 3 bit 2 bit 1 bit 0 0 0 0 0 level 0 0 0 0 1 level 1...

  • Page 944

    Bit switches - 6 d702 102 sm 4 message reception selection from non-registered sip server 0: answer 1: not answer 0: this answers the invite message from the sip server not registered for the machine. 1: this does not receive the invite message from the sip server not registered for the machine and ...

  • Page 945

    Bit switches - 6 sm 103 d702 f a x op ti on t ype m1 (d702) ip fax switch 04 (sp no. 1-111-005) no. Function comments 0-3 tcf error threshold sets the tcf error threshold level. [00 to 0f] the default is "1111" (0fh). Ip fax switch 05 (sp no. 1-111-006) no. Function comments 0-3 modem bit rate setti...

  • Page 946

    Bit switches - 6 d702 104 sm ip fax switch 07 (sp no. 1-111-008) no. Function comments 0 tsi information 0: not added, 1: added adds or does not add tsi information to nss(s). 1 dcn transmission setting at t1 timeout 0: not transmitted 1: transmitted transmits or does not transmit dcn at t1 timeout....

  • Page 947

    Bit switches - 6 sm 105 d702 f a x op ti on t ype m1 (d702) 0 1 120 s your destination return is late on the network or g3 fax return is late, adjust the longer interval timer. The default is "00" (75 seconds). 1 0 180 s 1 1 240 s 6-7 not used do not change these settings. Ip fax switch 09 (sp no. 1...

  • Page 948

    Bit switches - 6 d702 106 sm ip fax switch 0a (sp no. 1-111-011) no. Function comments 1 text string for specifying the 1stinvite t38 media to be declared in sdp (hgw). 0: m=application t38 1: m=image t38 2-3 specify the media for 1stinvite to be declared (no-hgw). 00: audio only 01: audio + t38 10:...

  • Page 949

    Bit switches - 6 sm 107 d702 f a x op ti on t ype m1 (d702) ip fax switch 0c (sp no. 1-111-013) no. Function comments 0-7 maximum sending speed registration - med (hgw) indicate in 8-bit format increase in units of 8 kbps specify the maximum sending speed (sending bandwidth) for sending ip-fax. Ip f...

  • Page 950: 4.8  Ncu Parameters

    Ncu parameters d702 108 sm 4.8 ncu parameters the following tables give the ram addresses and the parameter calculation units that the machine uses for ringing signal detection and automatic dialing. The factory settings for each country are also given. Most of these must be changed by ram read/writ...

  • Page 951

    Ncu parameters sm 109 d702 f a x op ti on t ype m1 (d702) address function unit remarks 680501 line current detection time 20 ms line current detection is disabled. Line current is not detected if 680501 contains ff. 680502 line current wait time 680503 line current drop detect time 680504 pstn dial...

  • Page 952

    Ncu parameters d702 110 sm address function unit remarks 680515 pstn busy tone frequency lower limit (high byte) hz (bcd) if both addresses contain ff(h), tone detection is disabled. 680516 pstn busy tone frequency lower limit (low byte) 680517 pabx dial tone frequency upper limit (high byte) hz (bc...

  • Page 953

    Ncu parameters sm 111 d702 f a x op ti on t ype m1 (d702) address function unit remarks 680529 pabx busy tone frequency lower limit (low byte) detection is disabled. 68052a busy tone on time: range 1 20 ms - 68052b busy tone off time: range 1 68052c busy tone on time: range 2 68052d busy tone off ti...

  • Page 954

    Ncu parameters d702 112 sm address function unit remarks 68053c international dial tone permissible drop time 68053d international dial wait interval (low) - 68053e international dial wait interval (high) 68053f country dial tone upper frequency limit (high) hz (bcd) if both addresses contain ff(h),...

  • Page 955

    Ncu parameters sm 113 d702 f a x op ti on t ype m1 (d702) address function unit remarks 68054d time between final ohdi relay closure and do relay opening or closing 1 ms see notes 3, 6 and 8. Sp2-103-015 (parameter 14). This parameter is only valid in europe. 68054e minimum pause between dialed digi...

  • Page 956

    Ncu parameters d702 114 sm address function unit remarks 68055a break time (flash start mode) 1 ms the ohdi relay is open for this interval. 68055b international dial access code (high) bcd for a code of 100: 68055b - f1 68055c - 00 68055c international dial access code (low) 68055d pstn access paus...

  • Page 957

    Ncu parameters sm 115 d702 f a x op ti on t ype m1 (d702) address function unit remarks 680575 acceptable ringing signal frequency: range 2, lower limit sp2-103-006 (parameter 05). 680576 number of rings until a call is detected 1 sp2-103-007 (parameter 06). The setting must not be zero. 680577 mini...

  • Page 958

    Ncu parameters d702 116 sm address function unit remarks 6805a2 acceptable ced detection frequency upper limit (low byte) detection is disabled. 6805a3 acceptable ced detection frequency lower limit (high byte) bcd (hz) if both addresses contain ff(h), tone detection is disabled. 6805a4 acceptable c...

  • Page 959

    Ncu parameters sm 117 d702 f a x op ti on t ype m1 (d702) address function unit remarks 6805b2 acceptable ai short protocol tone (800hz) detection frequency lower limit (low byte) 6805b3 detection time for 800 hz ai short protocol tone 20 ms factory setting: 360 ms 6805b4 pstn: tx level from the mod...

  • Page 960

    Ncu parameters d702 118 sm address function unit remarks 6805e3 bits 0 and 1 – dcv (tip/ring) voltage bit 1:0, bit 0: 0 = 3.1 v bit 1:0, bit 0: 1 = 3.2 v bit 1:1, bit 0: 0 = 3.35 v bit 1:1, bit 0: 1 = 3.5 v bits 2 and 3 – mini (minimum loop electric current) bit 2:0, bit 3: 0 = 10 ma bit 2:0, bit 2:...

  • Page 961

    Ncu parameters sm 119 d702 f a x op ti on t ype m1 (d702) address function unit remarks 6805e5 bits 0 to 6 – not used bits 7 – energy saving for dsp, comblk, sidaa 0: does not save energy 1: saves energy notes 1. If a setting is not required, store ff in the address. 2. Italy and belgium only ram ad...

  • Page 962

    Ncu parameters d702 120 sm n 680552 , for example, means the value stored in address 680552(h) 6. 68054a: europe - between ds opening and di opening, france - between ds closing and di opening 68054d: europe - between ds closing and di closing, france - between ds opening and di closing 7. Tone sign...

  • Page 963

    Dedicated transmission parameters sm 121 d702 f a x op ti on t ype m1 (d702) 4.9 dedicated transmission parameters there are two sets of transmission parameters: fax and e-mail each quick dial key and speed dial code has eight bytes of programmable parameters allocated to it. If transmissions to a p...

  • Page 964

    Dedicated transmission parameters d702 122 sm 4.9.2 parameters fax parameters the initial settings of the following fax parameters are all ff(h) - all the parameters are disabled. Switch 00 function and comments itu-t t1 time (for pstn g3 mode) if the connection time to a particular terminal is long...

  • Page 965

    Dedicated transmission parameters sm 123 d702 f a x op ti on t ype m1 (d702) 5-7 cable equalizer bit 7: 0, bit 6: 0, bit 5: 0 = none bit 7: 0, bit 6: 0, bit 5: 1 = low bit 7: 0, bit 6: 1, bit 5: 0 = medium bit 7: 0, bit 6: 1, bit 5: 1 = high bit 7: 1, bit 6: 1, bit 5: 1 = disabled use a higher setti...

  • Page 966

    Dedicated transmission parameters d702 124 sm switch 02 no function comments 0-3 initial tx modem rate if training with a particular remote terminal always takes too long, the initial modem rate may be too high. Reduce the initial tx modem rate using these bits. For the settings 14.4 or kbps slower,...

  • Page 967

    Dedicated transmission parameters sm 125 d702 f a x op ti on t ype m1 (d702) switch 03 no function comments 0-1 inch-mm conversion before tx bit 1: 0, bit 0: 0 = inch-mm conversion available bit 1: 0, bit 0: 1 = inch only bit 1: 1, bit 0: 0 = not used bit 1: 1, bit 0: 1 = disabled if "inch only" is ...

  • Page 968

    Dedicated transmission parameters d702 126 sm 6-7 ecm during transmission bit 7: 0, bit 6: 0 = off bit 7: 0, bit 6: 1 = on bit 7: 1, bit 6: 0 = not used bit 7: 1, bit 6: 1 = disabled for example, if ecm is switched on but is not wanted when sending to a particular terminal, use the (0, 0) setting. V...

  • Page 969

    Dedicated transmission parameters sm 127 d702 f a x op ti on t ype m1 (d702) 7 designates the bits to reference for compression method of e-mail attachments 0: registered (bit 0 to 6) 1: no registration. The "0" selection (default) references the settings for bits 00, 01, 02 above. The "1" selection...

  • Page 970

    Dedicated transmission parameters d702 128 sm switch 02 no function comments 0 line resolution of e-mail attachment: 200 x 100 0: off 1: on sets the line resolution of the e-mail attachment as 200 x100. 1 line resolution of e-mail attachment: 200 x 200 0: off 1: on sets the line resolution of the e-...

  • Page 971

    Dedicated transmission parameters sm 129 d702 f a x op ti on t ype m1 (d702) switch 04 no function comments 0 full mode address selection 0: full mode address 1: no full mode (simple mode) if the other ends have the addresses, which have the full mode function flag ("0"), this machine determines the...

  • Page 972: 5.  Specifications

    General specifications d702 130 sm 5. Specifications 5.1 general specifications 5.1.1 fcu type: desktop type transceiver circuit: pstn pabx connection: direct couple original size: book (face down) maximum length: 432 mm [17 ins] maximum width: 297 mm [11.7 ins] ardf (face up) (single-sided document...

  • Page 973

    General specifications sm 131 d702 f a x op ti on t ype m1 (d702) data rate: g3: 33600/31200/28800/26400/24000/21600/ 19200/16800/14400/12000/9600/7200/4800/2400 bps automatic fallback i/o rate: with ecm: 0 ms/line without ecm: 5, 10, 20, or 40 ms/line memory capacity: saf standard: 4 mb with option...

  • Page 974

    General specifications d702 132 sm 5.1.2 capabilities of programmable items the following table shows the capabilities of each programmable items. Item standard with optional hdd quick dial (*without hdd) 1000 2000 groups 10 100 destination per group 500 500 destinations dialed from the ten-key pad ...

  • Page 975: 5.2  Ifax Specifications

    Ifax specifications sm 133 d702 f a x op ti on t ype m1 (d702) 5.2 ifax specifications connectivity: local area network ethernet 100base-tx/10base-t gigabit ethernet 1000 base-t ieee802.11a/g, g (wireless lan), resolution: 200 × 100 dpi (standard resolution), 200 × 200 dpi (detail resolution) transm...

  • Page 976: 5.3  Ip-Fax Specifications

    Ip-fax specifications d702 134 sm 5.3 ip-fax specifications network: local area network ethernet/10base-t, 100 base-tx gigabit ethernet/1000 base-t ieee802.11a/g, g (wireless lan) scan line density: 8 x 3.85 lines/mm, 200 x 100 dpi (standard character), 8 x 7.7 lines/mm, 200 x 200 dpi (detail charac...